-|

-

|

ſae

（）

|-，

!

-

.

-

，

|-

（）

° /• \*&•ib \&birt &W•re;**^&:

úRº, i ce čt

- N4

g 2\ e ż I L G €.

GRAMMAR ．.

op *rH£

GAELIC LANGUAGE.

A→è\\\\^=

E¥°&idem Iìngua Hibermica, et elegans *

eum prìmis, et opulenta. -

- UssER. EPIST. I.

Ní¡* òelō áñ dořhañ uife,

tenga is millse mó|*čuiJe,

De òþia&aiÜ is bp3čtfñuite blas, *

Caint is claiìtuilte cuntas. -

H. M«CURTIN..….

/»^

*ż¥ìY9)YXÑ«è$

pRINTED BY JOHN BARLOW,

29» B oLT0 N:•8T RE ET•

-->®<€

\ 808.

•~

T7%773773777707737777.

*

•*

*rò»

′′he Dearmed amd Illustrìows

IM E M B E R S

2%%4*d/ Č%cče#ãº

tONDON AND EDINBURGH»

*HTS GRAM/MMì?”

•w t**

GAELIE LANGUAGE

* Is, with every sentiment

•f the moºt profouw d -

admiration and respect»

humbly dedicated

by the

\ AUTHOR,

- -*.

-*

- -.

-*

-

… -

-

- - - *

-

*

*

- - -

-

- *-

- ** ... * * .

* - *

-- -

* * -. -

^ - - - -

-

* ° . .. - . . . * * *-*

*-

** * *

-*

-

-i ❤.

-。 , *. *

- * *

-*-* - - •-s - n

{ }{P$[,1 {)'T}! F t}\'\&

¡DE L' UNIV 1.]tS1 i £]-

- -- 。

. }\]. (¡.\^}).

-------->-_--***

- -i -

- *-

--

*

-

* -

-

*. -

-

*

-

- •* ་ - - *** - - - - - - - - - - -

INTRODUCTºłON.

THE Language of a people, ít has beer

universally admitted by all literary men, is the

true criterion of their limitation or advance

ment in Civility. If harsh, grating, irregular,

barren, and incongruous ; it ispronounced the

dialectic medium of a rude and barbarouspeo

ple ; if harmonious, elegant, flexible, copious,

and expressive ; it is admitted to be the senti.

mental communication of a people highly cul

tiwated in mental improvement, and corse

quently far advanced in civilization. .The lat

ter character has been impressed on the Gaelic

Language, by the testimonies of the venerable

Usher, Leibnitz, and Lhuyd, and of many

other respectable personages in the walk of

Literature. - • .

- * b • ìt

\ 1 -

3

*

-

* . " *

It must seem strange, therefore, that the

study of this language should be so little culti

wated, at a time when a taste for general and

diffusive learning seems universa!ly to prevail ;

but although It has been generally neglected,

to the shame of Literature, for nearly three

hundred years ; yēt therehave been from time

to time, some Luminaries that dared to diffuse

theirvivid rays through the gloom of prejudice;

and have excited a glow of research, by which

this valuable mine is now, at length, on the

point ofbeing eagerly explored ; Prejudice bas

been happily put to flight, and-in its place,.ap

pears triumphant the fair Spirit of liberal In

vestigation. One, however, of late years, has

• ventured more boldly to step forward and ca

lumniate ; he first declares bis ignoramce of the

• Gaelic, and then &gmorantly.animadverts upon

• what he professes not to understand. His sys

tem of misrepresentation has been brought to

a very high pitch of perfection, but we will not

, now trespass on the readerºs time by unmasking

him. The following line from O'Connor's

satire on Owen M“Owen, is entirely applicable

\ Ło him : ^ -

Ž011 164 dę7(ò«ò cóI« 11« 1cčt,

: $f A dunce (cf．0 proçed that wrongis right.”

'The

*

** *, :: - vii

The study of Gaelic Language and An

t¡ yu:ties has, of late, beeu auspiciously che

rished by R»yal favor. \{r. Davies” ** Celtic

Researches” lıave bee:ı giºritedly ushered into- - t

the world by the support, and infìuence of

Majesty ; and the Gaelic of Alba is said to be

eagerly studied by distinguished personages of

the Royal family. Itis to be fondly hoped the

wenerable and elegantMother'Tongue, the inl

provedand written Gaelic of Ireland, wiil exhi

bit just claims to equal attention añd admira

tion, Let us lia:!, tłiet:, t!ıe aits:»ščo is day t}:q:

•peiis with ùe cheering prospect of seeidg t¡ie

remains of our Literature, our Laws, Poetry

and History undergo candid and rational inves

tigatigg, In Dublin some Literary men have

associated for this purpose ; from some of thein,

through the mediuun of a friend, I have

received much useful information. Their la

bors, it is to be hoped, will verify these almost

prophetic lines of O'Molloy. Gram. Hiö. Iìo

7mae, 1677. - -

\

Biaò añ Sh«eōelg fá fhes thó*,

% n-!%ččfia¢ na jflesc jfínól.

“ The Gaelic sñall ðe in high esteem,”

“ In Dublin of the goblets of rosy wine.”

b 2 * . 'The

viii

The first grammar oftheGaelic that weknow

øf, was published by the Rev. Francis O'Molloy.

at Rome in 1677, it contains little more than

a prosody, tO which I am a good deak

indebted. Hugh M*Curtin, a native of the

County Clare, published another at Lou

vain in 1728. In our Own day, the profound

and erudite General Vallancey, an English.

gentleman, has successfully endeavoured to

rescue Our]anguage from oblivion ; he publish

ed an elaborate grammar of it, which contains.

- imuch curious and original information, and.

particularly a laborious arrangement of the ir- -

regular verbs, for which every successive Gram

marian must acknowledge himself particularly

indebted. He still continues the indefatigable

research ofour Antiquities, to which his vener

able laboursgive interesting attraction. To him

the History of Ireland is indebted above esti

mation. In Scotland the Rev. Mr. Shaw and

the Rev. Mr. Stewart have both published

Grammars of the Gaelic ; the latter particularly

can newer be too much extolled ; we have with,

admiration to acknowledge numerous obligati

ons ; but we still must say that the contempla

tion of any particular dialect will never convey

a complete idea of ady general Language•.

Would.

ix

|

Would to God Mr. Stewart possessed that ** in

timate acquaintance with the wocables and

structure, both ancient and modern” of the

Mother Tongue, the want of which he appears

to régret; he would then, in more instances

than he has dome, ** have-ventured to restore”

purity and correctness to his native dialect.

· Let us now say with the poet:

Do neć táiîgam«þ de mhñáič

3{}banać is 'Eiþenać.

** Each of us Albanian and Erinian, is of wō- °:

man.”

And as we are ofcommon origin, let us labour

in the common cause ofreviving our common

Literature, and re-erect the wenerable fabric of

ìts ancient iamportance. -

To obviate all difficulty, in the way ofacquir.

ing a knowledge of the Gaelic Language ; and

to gratify the existing eagerness in this interest.

ing Pursuit, the following system has been

framed : In its formation scrupulous endeavour

has been made to restore the pure and ancient

❤rthography, which from the communications

- b 3 - of

*. --

-- - - *--- - - - *

x

of friends, and a pretty general acquaintance

with the oldest MISS, I think I have now reduc

ed to the original standard, To this end I haye

found it necessary to reject the modern abusive

rule of ** lečan le le&an, acas c«el le c«el” that.

is, «f that the quality of the first vowel of every

syllable must be the same (broad or small) as

that of the preceding.” One reason for reject

ing, as far as we find it disused in old Mss. this

rule so generally considered, “ destructive to

*heoriginalandradical purity oftheLanguage,”

may be given in the words of the erudite Mr.

Stewart. ** Quiescent letters, both vowels and

** consdnants, are not unfrequent in Gaelic..

« Though these quiescent lettershave nosound

** themselwes, they are not always witłìout effect

** in pronunciation, as they often determine

*f the sound of other letters. Most, if not all,

*f the quiescent vowels seem to have been in

*f troduced for this purpose. They ascertain.

** the Òroad or the small sound of the adjoining

*f consonantsç. A consomant, as has been shown,

* has its broad sound, both when preceded

• • and when followed by a broad vowel ; and in

*f like manner has its small sound, both when

*f preceded and when followed by a small

*f wowel. If a consonant were preceded by

«« a.wqwel.

*-*

* *

xi

** a vowel of one quality, and followed by

«« one of a different quaiity ; the reader, it

« has been thought, might be doubtful whe

« ther that consonant ought to be pronoun

* ced with its broad or with its small sound.

« Hence this rule has long obtained in Gae

*f lic orthography, that “ in polysyllables the

« last vowel ofone syllable, and the first vow

*f el of the subsequent syllable, must be both

** of the same quality.” To the extensive ap

** plication, and the rigid observance of this

'** rule, it is owing that so many diphthongs

* « appearwhere onewowelissufficient to express

*ē the vocal sound; and that thehoinogeneous

* vowels, when used in theirqwiescent capacity

*f are óften exchanged for each other;'or writ

« ten indiscriminately, Frotn the former of

ºf these circumstances, most of the words in the

¢ « language appear loaded with superfiuous

** vowels ; from the latter, the Orthography of

« many words appears, in some respects, arbi

«* trary and unsettled. Even a partial correct¡

“ on of these blemishes must be desirable, It

** may therefore be worth while to examine this

** long establisheà canonofGaelic Orthography,

′ “ with a wiew to discover whether it has been

“ extended farther than is necessary, and whe• ** ther

xii

-

#-

*

“ ther it ought not in many cases to be sef .

** aside.”

*f The prepositive syllable * im,” when fol

“ lowed by a small vowel, iswritten * im,' as in

* imlich,” to lic#, * imcheist,º perple.rity. But

· ** when the first wowel of the following syllable

** is broad, it has been the practice to insert

** an o before the m, as in * iomlan,” complete,

** iomghaoth,” a whirlwind, * iomluasg,' agita

** tion. Yet the inserted o serves no purpose

** either of pronunciation or orthography.–

** The” unnecessary application of the rule in

** question appears most unequivocally in

*f words derived from other languages

** From the Latin words imago, templum, li

*f ber, are formed in Gaelic * iomhaigh, team

*f pull, leabhar.” Nothing but a servile regard*

** to the rule under consideration could have :

** suggested the insertion of a broad vowel in

** the first syllable of these words ; where it

** serves neither to guide the pronunciation,

* nor to point out the derivation.”

For the convenience of fòreigners, as well as

for the guidance of natives, long estranged

from the correctness of their native idiom,

*©Wy

Ş

*

#

s

-

xiii

&

-

|

new marks of orthoëpy, lately introduced,

have been adopted. The parts OfSpeech have

been minutely investigated, through all their

warious forms and modifications. For the nu.

merous inflections of nouns, authorities, where

necessary, are produced, chiefly from the

Æoefs, for two reasons ; first, because they are

more easily referred to, 2dly, because from the

wery strict rules of Gaeìic Prosody, it is almost

impossible that corruptions can creep in. In

this work is rejected all colloquial and provincial

dialect, all corrupt unlettered jargon, These

0ur efforts are in strict adherence and confor

mity to ancient usage, none taken at random

orconjecture. The authority of the best writ

ers to the days of Keting, as well as the

philosophy of Language in general, has been

religiously adhered to throughout. Supposing,

however, the reader to be acquainted with the

commaon terms of grammar, I have forborn to

indulge in those philosophical distinctions,

which have so nuuch occupied Mr. Stewart ; I

have adopted names, rather by courtesy, be

cause they are familiar to us, than because.

they are adapted to the Language under d¡s•

cussion.

In.

xiv

In this little treatisè, notwithstanding my díg

tarce from the press, I have reason to hope

there are but few typical errors. Though far

from considering it perfect, I am not conscious

of any essential errors or omissions ; tO a judi

cious critic, however, some faults and many

defects may appear, and several improvements

occur,

æ

To the Literary men of England it ís otily

necessary to express the words of Mº Curtin :

&¥itēıim fõp n» G4ili šÎwiîw,

Lé¡* f]11ć fîs gać fośløma ;

*S 8o fu3 ftēiM te rúim áiğe.

lDhúin « ccuım ′r « cčombá1öe.

** I pray, moreover, the generous Engìish,

who have attained the knowledge of all litera

ture, and who have arrivett at eminence in

the most abstruse sciences, to give us their

confidence and affection.”—Nor could his

countrymen be better addressed than in this

pithy Phraseology :

- % uaisle

* - xw

% raisle 'Eiþenn áile,

% čpú na ccéjmenn ccombáiòe !

TńêIGIō búr ttř10111-3°ua.11 G1 11 ¢11,

Cé¡111Íö 1011-!uaö bu¡t leöa 1.

*f Nobles of beauteous *Eire ; you Race of

affectionate generations ! Forsake your pro.

found slumber without delay; ply tñe earnest

publication 0f your Literature.” -

& O°6?

。

CHARLrwıLLs,

* 44ugust 8, 1808. - , *

-

GAELIC GRAMMAR.

-。❤

PART" I..

-¿=

qr PRoNUNCIATION AND ORTHOGRAPÈyY.

-=>øeeewę=

The Gaelic Alphabetconsistsef sewerteęm Letters,

- wiz,

* Figure. Name, Power.

% « $2(13m A

B b • Beığ B

C c Coll C.

TD d Duij* ID

E e Eò4 E

F f Fej»n R"

\š g Gor*t G,

J 1. }ša JI

l, ] lus L

%m %$uuñ M{

N n Nuıīi IN

O o *Oij* ()

P p Pei¢ P

R * Ruis &

S s. Squ! S$

3T t Teiñe TI'

l\ w /Up U

ą * - "Tþe

2

The names of the letters are all taken froma

the names of trees. See Wallancey's Collect.

O'Flaherty's Ogyg. Davies° Celtic Researches.

The old arrangement of the Alphabet was

as follows, viz. B, bei¢, the bîrch tree ; l,

luis, quickem tree ; N, núiñ, or níii, ash ; F,

fe]*n, alder ; S, willoq9 ; D, oak ; T, palm ?

C, hazle ; %S, ¢âne ; G, ity ; P, peič, i. e.

B /ìard; R, elder ; %, fir ; O, furze ; U,

f«eath ; E, aspem ; ], 3/e:«'. • • • • *

The letters are divided into vowels and

Consonants. Of these a, e, i, o, u, are vowels;

the rest consonants.

The '00x«'els are divided into broad and smal/ -

dr slemder. %, o, u, are broad ; e, 1, s?mall.

The coms0mants are divided into.. mutes, b,

c, d, f, G, m, p, t. Lî/uids, ], n, I1, s.

/abials, b, f, m, p. Palatals, c, G. Linguals,

d, ], N, I*, jº, t. - -

h, is not a letfer, but a mark of aspiration

or rough breathing, and cannot be dispensed

with, except we use in its stead, the Greek

comma, or some other mark, as the ancients

often did. So we find often the Greek aspira

tion used in words where a rough breathing is

necessary. See the book of Lecan in the library

of the Royal Irish Academy. . When prefixed

to a word, it is pronounced like ñ in horse ;

as n« h-Oíòče, of the might.. -

There

3

There are nine diphthongs in Gaelic, «e, 41 ;

ei, eo : 1a, iu ; oi ; ua, iu. And four triph

thongs, viz. eo1, 1a 1, iu1, u01. 3%o, ea, eu,

io ; aoi, ea1, are modern and corrupt ; au,

ie, Oe, ou, ue, uo, Oei, «ei, uÓ1 are obsolete.

The Irish, âm zwriting, make use of one

accent only, viz. The grave, drawn from right

to left like the acute of the Greeks.

A long Vowel is generally marked with an

Accent ; as bás, deatñ ; míñ, sofę.

The other syllables are short and unaccent

ed ; and the broad vowels, in that situation,

have the sanıe short obscure sound ; and hence

used indiscriminately by the Poets ; «e, 14,

wa ; and the four triphthongs, which are always.

łong, need not be accented. . . ′ •

No vowels are doubled in the sa?me. syllable,

like ee, 00 in English.

There are no quiescemt final vowels, as ih

English and French : -

**.

-

-

. . " »

%, l.. when accented, sounds like a in

French, or like a in the English words, (0ar,

hall ; as bás, death. - -

2. In the beginning of′ a word it sounds

somewhat like the a in tºhat ; as alt, a joänt ;

«ñam, the soul ; though not quite so broad.

3. · In short syllables, and in the end of

words, it sounds obscurely, like a in gemeral ;

as coñaj*s«, a meighbour ; dént%, dome.

B 2 4. 4'è

•4

4. 4ò, in the beginning of a word before

a broad vowel, or before the liquids, }, n, j*,

F ; or the palatals c, g, sounds somewhat like

the English word eye ; as aōar*c, a ñorm ;

*òfac«ò, buräaØ ; aònaćt, burial ; aēj14è,

adoratiom ; Taòg, or Twòc, T/iaddæus, a proper

*ame. But in compound words, as aòñáij«e,

aòihoł«ò ; 4'ò sounds Jike (2) q, i, e. the second

šound ascribed to 4.

5. In the end of a woyd, «ò, except when

accented, has an obscure sound not unlike

(3) a ; as pecøò, sin.

?\e, like qy in mayor; or a in fare, care ;

as s«e]*, free ; s«ešu1, the world ; «en, ome.

*X1, 1. With the accent on 4, sounds like a

in far, bar ; butthe i is also heard, as cáiñ,

táiñ, fáiō pronounced ká-řn, tá-ïn, Já-ee ;

but not as if they were two syllables.

2. When a is not accented, the sound is ~

made up of (2) a, and 1 ~short; like ai in the

Yºrench word tra'0ailler ; as caiÈiñ, a går!; 4ill,

« clįff. But in the end of polysyllables, i alone

is sounded : the a serving only to qualify the

sound of the preceding consOnants ; as ać«ij*,

a father, pronounced ahir.

3. When the accent is on i, a is not pro-.

nounced ; as aíõñef, joy, pron. eew-nas.

4. in aij*, om ; it sounds like the e in err ;

so also in saiòbijì, *icñ ; daiõòij*, poor; and

two dr three others.

B, as

5

B, as in English ; as baife, a totom:*

B, like t′ in English, when small, ã, e. when »

followed or preceded by a small vowel in theº

same syllable ; as añ þeii, the womam ; but

when broad, â. e. before or after a broad vowel,

it sounds a little more feebly ; as ôuai], struck ; :

ga]*þ, rough :—B, before aí, oí, uí, ui, sounds.

asifzowereadded; asbaís, folly; buíòe,3/ellow ;

pron. öweesñ, .bwee..

C ; broad,' like c in come, curl ; as cú], the

back ; pronounced cool.

c; small, like c in care, or k ' in king ; as *

cenn, a head. - *

ć ; broad, has a guttural sound, like c/» “ip :

loch ; or x in xš» 3 as čuaiò, he (x'emt. . ,"

è, small, like x in x•• ; as ěÍm, I see:^

D ; broad, thick and soft as in Italiám # Or -

like tk in through ; as dáïä, a poem ; pron. dhámt.

Before ] and m in the middle of a word, it is

pron. as if aspirated ; as cédña, codład ; pron. .

Keyma, colla ; as if written céòña, coò]wò. -

d; small, as in des, fiamds07me ; pron. dhee

as.–But this must be learned from a good

ImàStEr.

In some parts of Ireland and Scotland, d has

a small sound, like d in duke, or ż in John ; as

as dílis, d14, des, pron. Jeelish, jeea, jas.

This is corrupt and vulgar, and shouldbe avoid- -ed, ′ •

, } 3 d ; Úroad, ,

6

ò; broad, sounds somewhat like 3/, but must

be learned from a native ; in the middle and

end of words, it is quiescemt.

ò ; small, sounds like 3/ in 3/ellow ; as a dia !

O God ! pronounced a 3/ia !

e, 1. Like e in there, or a in fare ; as féH,

grass ; scé], a story ; t#éd, a flock. In this

case it is always accented. -

2. Like ea in heart ; as beñ, a q'0mam ; fe]*,

a mam ; señ, old. In some parts of Ireland,

it is barbarously pron. like ow in gox»m, frow'm ;

before nn, as cenm, a head ; glenn, a wall.y ;

pron. kio:0m, gliotºm. - -

3. Short and obseure in the middle and end

of words like (3) a ; as duiìe, a 7mam, a person ;

nčeò, eatēmg.

Ei, 1. Zong, like eî in reigm, or aã in $x»aim ;

as Géis, a sxwam ; déij*c, alms. -

2. $%ort, somewhat like e in 7merry ; as beij],

bring ; b¡ei£eřh, a judge. -

Eo, 1. Lomg, like oa in shoal ; as seof, a sail ;

ceo], musick ; the e very short, the o long :

not like eo in pïgeom, according to Dr. Shaw.

2. $%ort, somewhat like w in just ; as deoč,

drìn£; eoęair1, a k«y; Eoêaiõ, a mam's name ;

deoęaiï, difference, (obsolete ;) neoè, which ; -

seoê, apart ; and its compounds; better written

neč, seč. These being, I believe, the only

wordsin the language in which eohas thissound,

there seems no necessity for placing an accent

- ower

7

ower o in seof, ceoł, ahd the like, ahy more

than over «e, ia, eoi, which are always long.

Eoi, made up of (1) eo, and i very short, as

neoi}, clouds ; meoij*, fingers.

F ; as in English ; as fer, a *mam ; fłaič,

a cñãºf. Before «í, oí, uí, ui, it sounds like

f«' ; as f«í, umder ; fuíšell, remains ; pro

nounced Jwee, fu'eeyall.

f, is quiescent; as m' foclói#, my dictiomary ;

«ñ fijì, 0f the mam ; pron. 7m'oclóir, am ir.

'S ; õroad, like « in gome ; as g«þð, rougk

S}mall, like g in give ; as geinte, borm.

š, õroad, as do šañ, ñe took : small, as do

getñ, /ęe produced ; both these sound like J/»

and must be learned by the ear.

g, in the end of a syllable, is quiescent ; as

súš, juice.

], 1. when accented, sounds like ē in Italian,

French, and Greek ; and like ee in feel ; as fíñ,

*vine ; míñ, soft, smooth ; fír*, trwe ; but the

eonsonant which fo}lows this accented í has a.

broad sound ; as fíñ, pron.fee-ttm ; íćt, pron.

ee-ught, &c.

2. U*uaccemted, like â in fin; as mifi, meat.

8. $hort andobscure like ão in 7notiom, opinion ;

as mîm, smał!; bî} «j*, zwater-cress ; cînt4,

guilt ; os-cînn, above ; #ír*, Dat. of fej*, a

*mam. This sound, fbr distinctiom sake, I have

marked by a circumflex accent ; though, in

fact, the sound is short and obscure.

Ja

8

J4, Al:0ays long, like ea in 3/ear; as ciall,

sense ; gñlañ, the sum ; pron. kee-ul, gree-um."

By a few it is öarbarously pron. like ¢y in wñey.

Ja1, Is made up of ia, and 1 very short ; 8S

Bj¡iaiii, of Brian.

Ju, 1. Lomg, as fiú, tworthy ; pron. like few

in English. -

2. Sñort, as fliuč, (0et ; tiuš, thick ; some

whatlike eu in the French words feu, peu ; but

shorter.

}ui, Made up of (1) iu, and i wexyshort ; as

siui], 0f a saü ; pron. shoo-ill.

L ; Broad, sounds , nearly like lh, but must

be learned from a native ; as lámh, a fiamd ;

lán, ful! ;- «lt, a joint.. -

1 ; 8'ma//, like // in ?nilliom ; as lí¡i, fła.r.

] ; Broad, like / in love ; as 4 ]ámh, hàs hamd.

f; $mall, like l in list ; as a feòaþ, his öook.

... %, Like ?m. in ?m00m ; as móþ, great ; mír1,

a part. - -

mh ; Broad, in the beginning or end of a word

İike w in English ; as a ïhw#áij* ! O mother / lámh,

a ñand ; sometimes in the middle of a word,

when w is the characteristic vowel of the

- syllable, it sounJs like.a. nasal u, as samh#aē,

summer. . When preceded by o or u, it is

.scarcely sounded at all ; as coihčiñóf, am as

sembly ; pronounced co-hinol. . But. still the• - - broad

t

&

9

broad sounds of ïh wary a good deal in the

different provinces, and stand in great need

9f some established rule. -

dh; Sºmall, like w in wam ; as geimñj#eò, zořmter;

séimh, måld. - -

mb, Like m ; as M« mbaii, 0f the womem ;

pron. n«.maìi.

N ; Broad, has a thick sound ; as noí, mine ;

cá}*n, a heap ; nuaò, 7mew.

n ; $mall, like m in the second syllable of

domânăom, opânãom ; Or 7 in 7ew ; as nej*t,

sřremgtk.

ñ ; Broad, like 7 in mot ; as dáiî, a poem ;

seiì, old. The learner must recollect that e

gives a smal/ sound to the consonant which

comes before it, amd a broad sound to the

consonantwhich comes qfęer it, as in the word

señ; s has a smal/ sound, and ïi a broad one.

ii ; Small, nearly like 7 in seem, *mear ; as

a ñeþt, his stremgtk ; « ñij*t ! O stremgtk #

duiñe, a mam.. -

ng, Has a broad and small sound, which mhust

be learned by the ear; as ar» nguais, our

damger ; « ngeimhj«eè, âm wřmter. N. B. ng is

pron. somewhatlike mg in stromg, fling.

nn, Has also a broad and small sound, which

cannot be obtained but by the ear; as l«nn,

a blade ; l«inne, or luinne, 0f a blade.

*

O, 1. Long, like o in store, lore ; as mó]*,

great ; Ó|*, gold.

2. Like

«

10

2. Like ú in gum ; as lom, öare ; tollad,

piercing, boring

3. In a few monosyllables, among the Inha

bitants of Munster, it sounds like otc) iní fowl;

as poll, a fho!e. This is probably corrupt.

Oi, 1. Long, made up Of (1) ó and (2) i ;

as óiji, @f gold.

2. 8h07′t ; as toi], «'ill. -

3. Like (3) aí ; as oíòče, might ; cþoíôe,

the Āeart ; pron. creeye. In this case the accent

should be placed on the i.

. 4. Like ea in /head ; as oide, a tutor 5 ro1jï,

east.–There are dexy few words in which this

sound obtains.

．.. Jº, Like p in pōol ; 'as penn, a pe*.'

ph, Like ph in phantom ; as a phenn, ñis

pe**. - -

Pilib, Par*asač, and such like, borrowed

from theGreek and Hebrew, should be written

with f, Filib, Philip ; Faj1asač, a Pharisee,

as the Italians do. →

pp, Is pronounced like b ; as 4]* ppenn,

our pen. " - -

- R, Like r in roar; as Ñ%nn, a verse, a share ;

j#uwò, red. -

#; $mall, like the second r in carriom ; as

* j#iš ! O king ! « ïosc, ñàs eye.

. " - - - \W. B,*.

1 1 .

N. B. The sounds of j* aře extremely dif

ficult, and should be learned from a native.

S ; Broad, like s in som ; as súi], an eye ;

cos, a foot. . *

Is ; $mall, like sh in s/èft, fish ; as sí], seed ;

inis, am àslamd.

* ; Broad, like /ı in hoto ; as a fúir, ñis eye;

do sláinte, 3/our health ; pron. huil, hláinte.

- f ; $mall, like ñ in heel ; as mo fídø, my

silk.

T ; Broad, like th in thèm ; as toi], will.—

It has the same sound in Italian. The smal!

sound, which is like the sound of t in the

French word pitäè, is nearly the same as the

. broad one, but more soft and delicate, and -

must be learned by the ear. In some parts of

Ireland and Scotland, t, small, is pron. cor

ruptly like ch in cheese, cheek, chàm.

* ; Broad, like h in horse ; as do čoif, thyz¢âll. - • .

# ; $mall, like h in ñeel ; as mo ēigeHna, my .

Čord. •

¢ ; In the end of a word, is sounded very -

Jaîntly ; as chuč, shape ; pron. cruh.

Ts, Sounds like t, broad and small ; as wñ

trúi], the eye ; pron. qñ, túi].

tt, Pron. like d, broad or small; as wj* : ,

ttíše]ina, 010r lord ; ar ttoi], our will.

u,” 1. L0mg, like 00 in tool, fool ; or w in

-7°ułe ; as cú], the back.

• 2. 8h0rt,

12

2. Sñort, like zz in ful/; as cur, piutine.

placing.

9. Short and obscure, in the end of a poly

syllable, like (3) a ; as dołćus, ñope ; which:

' may also be properly written doččas.

lJa, Somewhat like oo in {000r; as guaf, coal;

fuar, cold ; pron. goo-ul, foo-ur. The sound

is made up of (1) u and (3) a.

lJ41, Is made up of ua and (2) i ; as uaij*,

am hour ; do'ñ č]uais, to the ear. Before ò, š,

č, the 1 is pron. like (1) 1 ; as c]*uaiò, tì*uaiš,

luai#, pron. croo-ee, troo-ee, loo-ee. Some more

properly promounce the ai like the English word

eye; as croo-eye, throo-eye, &c.

\Ji, 1. Made up of (1) u and (2) i ; as cúig,

foe ; súif, am eye.

2. Made up of (2) u and (1) i, and sounds

like.(3) aí or (3) oí ; as buíòe, 3yellow ; fuíšell,

a remmamt ; Dr/uí or Dr*aí, a priest of the sum ;

suí, or s«í, a learmed 7mam.

3. Made up of (2) u and (2) i ; as buille,

a blox9; fuif, blood, Let the learner remem

ber that b, f, , m, before (2) uı and (3) uí,

sound like b«', fa', 7mx9; as fuił, muij* ; pron.

Jawål, m'wìr.

4. $hort, in the end of polysyllables, like

(2) aı ; as bñeičeiññujs, 0f judgment. "

GAELIC GRAMMAR.

:-

-

: PART IY. :*-Ⓡww\\Rry

O*THE PARTS OF SPEECH. ．

-=>eęe»osc=—

1THk parts of speech are nine, viz. Article,

Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb,

Preposition, Conjunction, Interjection.–Of

these the first five are declinable; the rest are

indeclinable.

Before we proceed, it will be necessary to

pay soine attention tO Mspiration and £clipsis ;

two accidents, which probably owe their origin

to refinement ofear, and attention to euphoriy.

· ASPIRATION,–A consonant is said to be

aspirated, when from whatever cause its plain

sound is changed. This change is pòinted out

in writing by a dot, or some other mark placed:

over the consonant. In“sofme cases thè articu

lationºis changed, but still formed by the same

órgan'. · In others, º the articulatiòn is formed

by a different orgán : Some take the sound of

&; others become entirely quiescent. The

, ~- C aspirations

*

14

aspirations of consonants are pointed ouf in

the following table :

Płaºn. Aspirated. Plain. Aspirated.

b-

P» m m

c č or ch in ñ

*o ò ..., p þ or ph

f f * j*

5 ö s f •

1 * 1] t · : * * *&

Their aspirate sounds have been already

explained. - -

. S before the mutes, b, c, d, g, m, p, t, is

nevcr aspirated. - … * * . . "

In modern Irish and Scotčh publications, ñ

is used to aspirate all the consonants indiffer

ently; but, I have observed, that in the oldest

vellum MSS, h is never written after any

cönsonants e::čept°c, p, t. "

, Since the foregoing pages were printed ofï,

ithas beenobserved that r1, broad, in the middle

or end of a syllable, is meter aspirated, but

always pronouncedlike r in roar; asmó]1,great.

Mr. Stewartmust, therefore, be wrong in assign

ing the same sound to * r,' õroad, in ′ mòr,”.

great ; * car,' a turm ; as to ji, broad, in a

¡iosc, kis ºye. So, in the ?niddle or emd of a.

syllable, ]1, small, i. e. when Jollox'ed or pre

ceded by (2) i, or when preceded. by e, or by

any diphthøng ortriphthongbeginningwith e, is

pronounced always like the secondrin carrion,

...f« : " "_» 3. č.

[5

# e, exactly like the aspirate sound ascribed

t0 **. See page 10. It seems, tłen, more

correct and simple to write b]*eičeiñ, Gj*lañ,

′ saiòþir, dwıòþ1]1, a#wi]1, wijk, with a plain j1,

than þ¡¡eiēeih, g¡iañ, ráiēBiji, &c.asïn page 4.

From this it appears, that there is no necessity

of aspirating I*, except in the beginning of a

syllable, as mo ¡¡osc, *)y ¢ye ; á ¡¡íš! O #äng !

AÎl this is confirmed by the opinions bf some

of the best scholars of Munster and Conacht,

who have been consulted upóń it, From thís

forward it has been dečnied unhecessary to

aspirate þ, except in the beginning of a

syllable.- -

Eet IPsis–Is where a primrry or radical

initial consonant is annihilated or extin guished

.bysome adventitious consonant prefixed," The

Jetter, so eclipsed, can never bé omittēd inw•### r• ·• 4° .. "． ' .”′ ! : .. * **] , *

writing: - • - *. . : * * '. *

. « º i • • · & * " ′ ". * ** *. : 2 .. " 。 & …

3 b [...]m as %ł mbjióñ, pur şorrºid ;. C | s\ | C : *. . . . CCl]1s". · , (20110$62 :

* . 3\\ - - f, -. - yr, } - *

d | ~s | n , ndáù, poem ;

F & .š, { F }fuif, blood ;

G | è | n . nguw!r, darger ;

P | < | P. pp€ nı1, ?e?;

t t tt01], &0àì!.

The saımé accidents, w}ich cause an initial

'consonant to be eclipsed, require n to be pre

fixed to initial vowels ; as á#áii, brcad, 0]*

r-a]1áñ, our brcad. - -

- - C 2 S is

\

l6

S is eclipsed by t; as aïi tsúił, the eye.

% tñeir ; aj*, our ; čuj*, your ; na, 0f t/ie ;

gen. plur. of aìi, the ;J. «ñ, whether ; da, 3f;

and several other words cause eclipsis ; as

« mbáI*d, their öard; aj* mbáþd, our bard;

n« mbá+d, 9f the bayds, &c. Yet we newer

say a]* tsúıfe, owr eyes ; na tfúì, 0f tÅe eyes,

\but «j* súi}e, na sú} ; this is the reason for not

giving s a place in the table of eclipsis.

Some Grammarianssuppose, that fiseclipsed

bym and d, or t; as mº}eóiì, my flesh ; d'#eói],

or t#eóił, 3/our fČesk ; but m and d, in these

cases, are only euphonic contractions of mo

and do, which aspirate every eonsonant ; the

aspirate # is quiescent ; as may be seen in the

chapter on pronunciation ; and the o is cut off

to prevent hiatus. ". -

The sounds.of the letters, when .eclipsed

have been explained in their proper place.

gc, þf, bp, dt, are often written for cc,

ff, pp, tt. I have scarcely ever seen c, f»

p, t, eclipsed in the old MSS; it is probable,

that the ancients considered it supërfluous to

reduplicate the same letter, when its relative

position, or the construction of the sentence,

clearly pointed out the pronunciation.

l, m,'n, I*, are never eclipsed. z

-

。º

-

F7

O#' THE ARTYCLE.

FN Gaeiíc there is bilt one Article, cï:.

2(ii, which corresponds to the English the; as

fe}*, a mam ; beiì, a &'oman ; wiì fe]1, the ?nam ;

*wjî \šeiî, f/ie :¢'07mam. T}ıe «rticle has but o!ıe

genuine infiection, and is thus declined :

SINGULA R. PI.U RAL.

MLas. Fem. Mas. and Fenn. - -

No:m, aìì, the; «ñ na, the, in a!l the cases.

Gen. añ, 0f tñe; na

:Ac. & %, qìì MIas. & Fem.

Vqc. ) - - -

It will be here necessary for the learner to

gommit to meaıory the following lłuìes; which,

tiyough strictly belonging tO Syntax, we have

judged eSpedient to ins€rt in this piace, being

frequently exemplified in the course of the

dçclensions,- -

IRule 7.—% is cut ofł, in the dative case,

afier a preposition ending in a vowel ; as

do'ii, ta the; óºii, from ífie'; de°ii, 9f i/..e;

fá°ii, under the ; commonly but obscurely

written dùii, óñ, &c. , *

Rule 8.—The article aspirates all Jeminine

wounsin the nominative and accusative singular,

and masculines iIl the genitive singular; as áiì

\řeii, the &çomam.; añ fir1, {f the »nam ; ai¥d all

nouns, inas, or fem. in the dat, singular : .

C 3 ′ Except,

] 8

Except, 1. Nouns, whose initial consonant

is d, ], n, H, s, or t ; as añ doiþn, 0f¡the fist ;

añ tíše, 0f the house ; aü ]1íš, ºf the &ing ; not

añ òoijin, aïi číše, aïi jìíš.

2. In nouns beginning with s, followed by

a cowe/ or /ēquēd, the article requires t to be

prefixed to f in the gen. amd dat. ofmaculines,

and nom. dat. and acc. of feminines; as «ïi ,

s«eš«], táe &'orld ; gen. añ ts«ešai} ; dat.

do'ii ts«ešw]. %n tsúi], the eye ; gen. na

sú}a ; dat. do'ñ tsúi] ; acc. añ tsúi]. In

other words, t is prefixed to r in every case

where the article aspirates b, c, f, g, m, p.

S, whem followed by a mute, is never

aspirated.

Rule 9.—The article requires t to be pre

fixedto the nom. and acc. singularof masculines,

and h to the gen. singular of feminines, be

ginning with a votee/; as an t-añam, t/že souł;

na hingiñe, 0f the daughter.

Rule 10.—?%, the sign of the wocative case,

causes Aspiration of every initial consonant in

the sing. and pl. numbers ; as « jïíš ! O king !

• ¢ígeþna ! 0 Lord ! a Ñá+dá ! O 3ye bards !

This « is an interjection, and not any inflection

of the definite article, as some have supposed. -

Rule 1 1.—Na, in thepłural, requiresh before

a vowel ; as na héisc, the fishes ; do ïi« hin

gíñib, to the daughters ; but in the gen. it takes

n, as N« n-alt, 0f the joints ; na n-iøsc, 0f the

fishes.

- Rule

19

Rule 12.—In the gen. pl. na, requires eclip

sis; às na mbárd, 0f the bards ; na ccos, of the

legs ; na ndúÈ, 0f tke elememtS ; iia jfiÈeè, of

the poets, &c.

In the common colloquial dialect, and in

modern Scotch publications, n is cut off before

an aspirate (except # ;) as a” Beiì, t/ie zºomam ;

which is written instead of aĪi Beii ; with how

much propriety may well be doubted. So in

Fnglish, f is often dropped ; as * the top o′ the

house,” for * of the house.”

In the Scotcb dialect, «m is used for aìi before

a labial ; as am fe]*, the mam ; am bøi}'e, the

to:0m. And nam, for na, in the gen. pl. as

nam bárd, of the bards ; nøm fe]*, 9f the mem ;

for na mbár«d, na ffej*; and nwñ before a

palatal or lingual ; as Mañ cos, 0f tàe legs ; naii

fú\, of the eyes ; nañ tiše]łñwò, 0f the Lords ;

for ma ccos, na sú}, n« ttišeijñaõ.

*

•---=>e0099ę→-----

OF NOUNS.

To Noums belongGender, Declension, Case,

and Number. *

There are two genders, 7mascu/ēne and femå

7îme. The following rules, applying chiefly

to nouns ending with a consonant, will assist the

learner

, 20•

learner in discovering the gender of a large

portion of nouns; for the rest he may consuł:

the vocabulařy at the end of this grammar.

1. IDerivatì\′es in «!}1 £, oi}1, wč, aíēe, uíðe»

uíò, as, are generaiły mascu!ēhe ; as seigaire,

a huntsłham ; cłw]łseoij*, a ñarper; ma #¢aė,

(t. Àorseman ; scé]«íòe, a story-teller ; fošťuíê,

a 7'oō%t *' ; b]1 Exče?âiñar, judgment.

2. ]Diminutives in «ii, axe *wasculire ; as

poēáñ, a littie ::ñee?. -

3. Diminutives in fñ, and óg, areJ???ânime ;

as fkwiTíñ, a litt!e ::'amd; cuačóg, a little cup.

4. Most derivatives in aēt, are feminine; as

pišāčT, á köngdo??. -

5. Abstract nouns formed from the genitive

of adjectives, are feminâne ; as gife, teñiteness;

finne,fairñess, &chiteness ; doille, blindmess.

~

6. Names of countries, towns, diseases, are

femânine ; as 'Eiffe, 7relamd ; % ºba, $cotlamd ;

Teñaij1, Cï1uwča, Eñhaii, mames ºf tot¢ns.

7. Most polysyllables, whose last vowel is

broad, are masculàme; except thOse mentioned

in rules 2, 3, 4, 6. -

8. MIost polysy]}ables, whcse last wowel is

small, are Jemânime ; exeept those noticed in

rule 1. * *.

6*

-21

oF DÈcLENSYON. * **

IN Declension, the formation of cases dé

pends on the last vowel:ofthe nominative ; the

last wowel, therefore, of any declinable word,

may be called the characteristěc vowel. We

shall then diwide nouns into three Orders :

First,—Nouns, whose characteristicvowelgives

a broad sound to the final consOnant, wâz. 4, 0,

u, é,.e, î, í. $ecomd,—Nouns, whose characte

ristic vowel is i, sñort, which gives a small sound

to the final consonant. Thàrd,—Nouns ending

in a Vowel or Diphthong.

Each of these orders, it has been found

expedient to subdiwide into declemsioms or

classes; the.necessity of which is obvious, from

the wariety of changes on the terminations,

as tending to remove obscurity, and avoid an

endless train of exceptions. | The three Orders

might have been called declemsioms, and the

classes exceptioms; but when some hundreds of

nouns belong toalmost every class or exception,

it seems more elear and natural to arrange

them as separate and distinct Declensions.

The cases are five, wîz. Nominative, Genitive,

Dative, Accusative, Wocative.

Before we proceed to the Declensions it will

be necessary to attend to two accidents of

inflection, namely : Attenuating and making

broad, the characterisic vowel, called by the

Irish c«elúēaò amd lečnúgaò.

Cqel

22

C¢£1úš«ò..

&{, I?roper 24/tem.ıai $ M*nproper-A:te;ı, o1, ui ;

*e» : : : * * aí ;- | –; '

é, - é1 ; → » ' ' eo1 ;

£»- . C1 $ . - 1 ;

êO» · · • EⓇOl ; - * 1&i ;

$», - * - 1; » * · .** * * — ;

... 14» . .1 é1 ; ་ #′ * 14r;

iu, ìuı 3 - –;.

o, - cl; i tłt ;

u» - u1.3 - ′ ′ oi;

uø» uø1; - - –. *

l£č11úğ« č. . . . . . . . ,

- %1, into *; Jai, ïnto. 1á ;

** * «á; ' «e ; 1ui, ° ′′ 1u ;

** * * é1, e; oi, " 0 ;

: '^ eo1, EO ; uùr, \\\\ 3 .

1, e ; ul,. " U.

T!ıere are a few examples of irregular c«el

úšaê, ás mac, meic, mic; b1w è, bíò ; la, l«e,

láí; beo, bí ; cnu, cnaí.

Final č, becoImes š, when attenuation tºkes

place ; as mañaē, gen. maiiaig. -

Final d, when transposed, beeomes & ; as

«è#wè, gen. »êa]:çw ... - - - -

* * * * * * ** * * * *

| i. . . ". ' ' I. DE

•28

′ i - , ** , {

V. DECLENSION.

- * -

.* * * * * * ; *

Tþe firstDeclension comprizesNouiqs, which

are Attenuated in the Genitive Case.… : -, "，

N. B.There are several:Exaniples givea ia*wrder to exercise the learner. : \ -

* • * :: ; ... : *

Báþd, mas. a poet.′

sINGULar. ' : PLURAI..

Nom. áïi báþd; ' na báij*d,

Gen. añ Bái}rd; ° na mbá11d;

IDat. ó'ñ mbá}g; -, ó ña báþdai6, báj*da;

Acc.. aiä bá]1:0 ;′ l; ,.: N4,bá]1da ; ．.．, »

Woc. a Ñáijłd; ... · · 4 Ñá#da. *

-

. * - *

Swer, mas. a carpenter. -

Nonm.añ sæï* ; ， ná sa#]* ; » · · · · *** *

"Gen. an tsaíj* ; → na saej*; * i '

IDat. do'ñ tsaej* ; do ña s•ei*aiñ, fęha ; *

A«cc. ' ań raej* ; : : :»ºmâ **eria ; - * -

*Woc. •a *aíj* ; . «#«e}}4." fir. * - -

- • • • • "; » "

D»íreč;.mas. a ckšfòaiii. . . ~*y, ,à.

*Nom. aii taíseć ; " na taifiš; `.", " * * ** *

%Gen. añ twísiš 3 . ::: * ** M« traífeč 3

TDat. ó'ii ttaíseć;, , oña raífe««iñ, taffeę4;

Acc. añ taír*:č; : , ma taífeč4 ; *, " . ． . ... \ -

W9c., a čaísiš; :: *, . « &•íre&a. [.. ， ...

> & ::{>> " »'** * * i,fº;*- . *: *{ '.» -»»

*y.';\•:yý)' *.

24• -

iasc, mas, a fish.

6tnōU1.a r• rLdraL.

N. añ t-iafc; n4 héisc;

G. añ éisc ; “n4 n-i«sc ;

I). gañ:añ t-i4fc;: G*ä r* hi«sc*iþ, hiascá;.

A. añ t-iørc; n4-biafc4; ... t ** * **

W. a éisc ; * 14sc4.

GENFRAL RULEs, ... ... … .

For tke formation ºf the Cases 9f the Nouns :

of the first Declensiom. ... . . . .

* , • * * ***gòila * nexar*. :: º ' " "

Gemitide.—The genitive, is förmed fröm the

nominative, by attenuating or making smallthe

characteristic wowel : And Note, That all poly

syllables take both the proper and improper

attenuation, except their last syllable:be-ac

cented ; as dočèas, ñope ; gen: dołòuus, oi*

dočč«is. . . *, · - -

Datįce,–Is formed-by making :brðad the

genitive; as nom.. cojºp; gen. coij*p, or cuij*p; ′

dat, coijp, or cuj*p. - *

Accusatice,—Like the nomiñative.

Vocatice,–Like the genitive. . . . . … ... :

- - -

1. * * *: *, ptunrxi, *wwB= r•

: Ã9mñìative——like the geni. singular: *” \

Gemitice,—Like thie miom. sing. .. -

Dative,–Is-fórthe;ł by adding aiù;′ or 4;° to

the dative sing, as coì*paiõ, cujºp•iö; cołºpa,

Qr cll �•j*p 4ccusative

25❤.

Accusatř0e and Vocatioe,–-By adding w to

′ the dative sing.

N. B. The accusatřoe pl. is often like tha

da#ēve pl. -

3PARTHCULAR RULÈS.

Genitř•e.–Monosyllables, whose characte

ristic vowel is a or o, unaccented, take the

ēmproper attenuation also, as do those in eo or

é, aceented. -

Cj*»Nn, mas, a free.

• S1r G\ıı, A r• Pi.U R AL. -

N. wii c¡*«nn ; na críoımm, c r*ainn ;

G. «ñčj1oinn, or č*winn ; na cc]*ønn ; ~ ~

D. do'ñ čj*ønn, ėjionn; do ña c]1ønraiõ, •r

- - c]1ønma $ . -

A. añ c#anN ; na c]*ømnq, c]*onnà $

W. « ėjfoinn, or č]1«ımn; « ėj*«mna, č}}onnà $

Coþp, mas. a öody,

N. añ Coþp; na cuiþp, coirp ;

G. 'añ čuijip, čoijłp; * na ccoìºp ;

D. do'ñ čoþp, čuj*p; do ña coÍ*paiõ,-p4, ′

. . · · : * · cujºpaiõ,-pa ; '

A. añ coìp ; N« coj#pø, curºp4 ;

V, » čuij/p, &qiþp ; * ćorpa, čujºp».

D , ~ *xaM*is*.

926

sxAMPLE*,

Tig les no aţhfes aïi fhuinm,

Bés ní hanþés a n-abþuim. - -

T. M«Dàire.

Luēt aiì domhìiaiii muj* dij*čer» **

lomñáiñ d'ulc is d'andÈigeò.

- T. D. O'Higgin,

Seóf, mas, a saä7.

N. ań feof ; na seoıf, siuiì ;

G. aii tseoi], tsiui] ; n« seo};

ID. do'ñ tseoł, tsiuł; doñ« seof4iõ, siúła;

A. aiì seo!; na seof4, fiú!« ;

V. a feoi], fiuił; a feofa, fiú}a.

*E#i, mas. a bàrd.

N. añ t-éñ ; na heoiñ, héiñ ;

G, añ eoiñ, éiñ; na n-éiì ; -

D. do'ñ eòii, éñ ; do ña héñaiõ, heoiia,

~ - héiìa ;

A. ań t-éñ ; | h« laeoña, héñ« ;

W. a eoiñ, éiñ ; * eoñq, éiìq.

Né\', a *nam's *wame, makes g. s, Niui} ; bùt

Niall has regularły Néill.—Biaò, fòod, makes

bfò; møc, a so*, has mic or meic; fiač, a rawem,

g. s. fl4ië or feić 3 ml4č, a scale, g, s. miaiē ormeič. - • *

Some ending in č, have the genitive in ć ;

as eė, a forse, g. s. eić ; laeč, a ñero, g, s.laíć;

cróč, saffrom, g. s. c]1óić or c]*ðiš.z , Ceþt,

27

Ce]*t, nept, fej*t, cñer, make the gen.

ee}*t or ciþt, &c.—Bej*t, cet, dej*g, leñb,

Jesc, make g. s. beij*t, ceit, deij*G, leiñþ,

leisc. ~

IDa?ãoe.—Fej*, a *tam ; cenn, a fhead ; make

d. s, f3]* or fer ; cìnn or cenn. Blaê, food,

sometimes forms the dat. sing. biuò.

Fine Chuij*c mhic luigòeč láiñ,

%$o čen čís *g a n-ingw6áif.

Torna Eiges.

Do ŁaÐaij*t cheîr# do Chríst &áiė.

- Id.

T*u4š Nno Łu*4s Go Loć Deirg,

% j#íš n» ccel} is na cck»g,

- - |D, M, O'Daly. -

❤1.0 *A L•

:Nominałēwe.—Manynounshaveanom.plural

like the aecus, pl, as mınn or minna, aiadems ;

feić orfi«êa, deôts ; rai£m or swfm4, psalms ;

sceoif or scéFa, stories ; meoij* ′or méi#á,

fingers. So all nouns of two or more syllables

which hawe an accent on the last syllable ; as

tiñó], am assembly, nòm. pl. tiñói! or tiñóf«.

Baïúñ, a barom, nom. pl. bøj*úiii ōr bajiúñ4,

im}ecáñ, the madel, nom. pl. imfecáiñ or

imjecáñ4. Some insert & ; as múì1, a (9all,

nom. pl, múJ1èá ; aen, qm ace, nom. pl. «enta ;

lón, a ?marsh, nom. pl. lointe (Scotch ;) coGwõ,

- 1D 2 * (wa7",

* 28

:ear, nom. p]. cogč4. The Poets add e in the

nom. pl. to nouns ending in ać ; as uałaige,

bi/rdems ; oj*dlaiše, imches ; beÎaiše, tways.

Támic t|1á wii boþb l«eē,

%ñ cu|1 wò c]1oòw Conlaeč,

?(nn °s na 7múrtha gør*č« Gr*inn,

O Ùhún-Scaćaiš go h-′Eij*ınn. -

- - Anon.

% ccača a ccogtha þo člor,

Léigfed òím maj* do šellds.

L. O'Clery.

Some transyose the final consonant in the -

nom. pl. as cÈoiòeih, a ste'ord, nom. pl. cÈoıöïhe

or cJoiòiih, gen. cJoiëeih or cÈoiôtheè, dat.

cłoièřhib, acc.. cÈoiòiñe, &c. wball, am 'apple,

nom. pl. uōla ; so caingeñ, daingeñ, fuišell,

deimhes, meišell, geimhel, scr*ibeiin, angef,

*mell ; doþus, a door ; solus, light ; toþwè,

Jruit ; make doirse, soilse, toirėe ortaipče.

IDative.–Some nouns, in ač, form the dative

pl. by adding iõ to the gen. sing, as uałaę, a

burdem, dat.pl. ualaigi6; others sufferSyncope,

and are formed from the acc. pl. as éiges, a

. learmed mam, dat. pl. éigsib ; capall, a horse,

dat: pl. caiplib ; coiPeč, a cock, dat. pl. coi¡či\á.

&ige á tá as tairtñe feò,

Lé'f* pf†aič-ñe t*% go ttuiltej*.

- T, M°Dàire.

ìr

29

Jf iad na dóirse • deij# me,

Ù9 Ñei¢ «g ¥íščeć nejiñe.

B.: O'Hussey.

Ní ¡¡ug lá go l«1če éga,

%ij* éigsibh sloiš &ige čjøuim,

Gañ Weıč lučt c«č» no coimne,

T&e huēt flačo cloinne Chuınn.

T. D. O'Higgin.

( -

Accusatēpe ${ Vocatipe.—Many nduns, chiefiy

Dissyllables, whose last syllable is short, suffer

» syncope in the acc. voc. and dat. pl. as m wñać,

•a 7m07m#, acc. pl. mańê«, dat. pl. mañčwiô ;

so eo}ač, a scientific person, eo}'čq, eo]čwıb.

Nouns which thus suffer syncope or lose a

syllable, have two genitives plural. Ex. Na

maiìwć or n» máïićaò ; na n-éiger or na

n-éiGseò ; m« ccoi}'eč or na ccoi}'čeò, &c.

% Eolcha '€uì*enm áiþde,

Sìoinniò do čáè gañ čáij*de.

• -

G. Kewin.

'Eistiš « 'Æigsì Bønýa,

Tabþaiò òuınn uøiìì aGallřh4.

3. O'Clery.

, * Ñoung, which have two datives singular,

, have two datìyes plural formed frown both : Ex.

fe*, a mam, d. s. fei′ or fiþ, dat. pl. 1st, fej*aiõ

or feHºw $ 2nd, fí]10.

~ In the Scotch dialect, many nouns form their

*9m. pl. in aēa ; as leò|1aęá ór leþ¡*aiče, öooks ;

ID 3 S0

30 * *

so the Irish say c]á]1 ačw, boards ; #1«glač«,

rules ; but such nominatives newer occur in

good writers.

X T. DrcLENSIoN.

Nouns which have a broad ºencrease in the

genitive singular; and here note, thât all nouns

.of this decleusion have a second form, like

nouns of the first declension, except short

*nomosyllables ; as sþuē, ućt, guē ; and nouns

in aēt and eēt ; as mó| čaēt, dj*aíêeēt, úïhlaēt.

fxAMPLE.

* *

Timnes, mas. $ickmess. ,

S I N GU LA *• *LUrA L. ., -

N. *ii tinnes ; . ° .. na tinnis, tinnes*;

G. aïi Timnis ortunnera ; na ttinmes ;

ID. ó'ñ ttinner ; ó ña tinnesaiB, tin

- .” : ' nesa ;

A. wñ tInnes ; na tinner a ;

V. » Łinnis or činner; » &ınnesø.

* * - • - - • - - , W

So cennas, mas. superiority; Parjiēur, mas.

JParadise ; imj*«mñ, mas. rozwing ; gì1áò, mas.

.Âoce; ingñamh, astomishmem# ; Feþgus, %engus,

%uþčaò, Ùonnčad, ?{eò, Oi}íll, Proper Names

@f MÍen. . ． .'. . . . . " - -

Slán let w }ámñ Aedha,

% aičes«ć ojiji«end4. -

-: ' .. 5 . ° E. O'Hussey. '

Sečt;

31

Sećt mic *e Saòþ inšiii Chuinn,

De čl«inn Oilílla /Oluim.

- Cormac M°Cullenan,

Faiēče baj*]*-ęais an dúiñ daiēšil,

/U1]1 pñarthaãs no « hai¢šin í. '

T. D. O'Higgin.

The short momosyllables and nouns in wčt,

have the broad inflection 0mly ; as :

Cač, mas. a battle.

s1 ręU La r• PLuìRA L•

N. «ii ca¢ ; N« cqč» ;

G. «wiå čwč« ; m» cc«č ; -

D. do'ñ ěw¢ ; do ña c«wčqiłš, cwč» ;

. " A. añ cać ; na caēa ;

V. a čat ; - 4 čač4.

So es, mas. a zºatexfal/; dać, mas. cołowr ;

1*1šøčt, fem. a Á«ingdom.

J2xceptioms, 1,—Monosyllables whose cha

racteristic vowel is u, change it into o in the

cases wlaich increase ; as

S]*uč, mas. a stream.

N. añ s¡iuē ; nø s}}Oč» ;

á G. añ tsþo¢« ; na s]*uć ;

ID. do ºñ tsr/uć ; do ña fÑočøiB, sroł4.

> So chuł, guē, lus, bhu¢, ućt, suē, giłuē.–

*. – Luš, 'mas. a proper name, makes, gen. Laš4,

- WLoëw 0r Luš4. * - *

- : i . *

2.–*

32

~ 2.—î is changed into e; asbīj*, a spit, sharppoìmt. i *

** N 6p1.Am, *LU ata *,,

. N. qiì bù}* ; n« bejła ;

G. aïi łše]1w ; nw mbej1, bīj» ;

D. do’iì ùíj* ; do ïia bî]*aıB, bejiaiþ, bej*«.;

A. ań bīj* ; ma be]*4, bíj*w ;

V. a işıþ ; * Đe}14, ù*w.

So blíč*, e]*īs, cł*, c#ł£, f?s, lïnn, a disease;

ì*ï*, sličč, Iúr, sïc, fj*íþ, þúćt.

3.–loč, mas, a lake, is thus decłined:

N. aii loč ; m4 loč« 0r lø&q ;

G. añ ločw or laćw; nq loē ; •

ID. do'ii loč, lwč ; do ñ« loèaiB, ]ø&aiB, Joèa ;. .

A. añ loć ; na loč4, laća ;

W. « J0ć ; « Jočø, J«ê*.

4. —A few nouns in aēt, have a double form

ofinflection ; like tinnes, piz. aòriaęt, aj*]*aēt,.

benn«čt, cennsaēt, conntj*aćt, dúfaćt, dú~

.&|*aēt, fujitaęT, ;uìaęt, Gyhfaćt, głu*faęt» .

Guøs4ćt, 1øraēt, mallaćt, leiññaćt, ušaēT».

cumhaćt, áÑaêt, dásaēt 3 and probably a fewOthers.

5.—Séd, a jewe?; téd, a stri»g ; tþéd, 4

floc#, have the inproper attenuation. Ex.

N. añ séd ; na seoid, séda 3

G. wii treoid, tsédw 3 n« féd ;

ID. do'ñ tseod, tjéd; w9 ña sédaºö, séd*;

A. wñ séd ; - na sead« séd« ;

V. • ïeoid, ïéd ; * feod4, fédw.

- 6.—Oll4ïh,

33

: 6.–Ollaţh, br*eičeiñ, duiłerñ, ceideñ, fei

ēeřh, oijeth, daiÈeiñ, fellsaiñ.—Add n to the

second form. I$x. .

S1 N c-ta L A r.

. añ bjieičeih, the judge ;

. ań þ|1eiÈimh, B|*eičeihaii, 9f the judge ;

. do'ii òj1eičeiñ, þj*eičeñhaiñ, to the judge ;

. aïi b]*eičerh, the judge ;

. a Öj*eićiih, Öjfeičeihañ ! 0.judge !:PLd R A. L•

. na bþeičimh, bþeičeñhaiñ, the judges ;

. n« mbþeičeiñ, mbj*e1čeiñaii, Qf the judges ;

. do ñ« bþeičeihwiÑ, —eiñiìaiÐ,—eiñììa, to the

. m« bþeičeiñw,–-eiñña, the judges; [.judges;

. 4 B}eičetña,–eiñiia,—eiîi»ıñ ! O judges !

TáJamh, fem. the earth, makes gen, ta]'ñañ,

dat. taffhuiñ; the regulargen. ta] «1ñh is used ;

but rarely occurs.

:

Ùo 6í aiþ tþédai6 añ talaimh,

Sí 41j* fešaiïi do b' égsamhaif.

T. D. O'Higgin.

Sofañ, Solomor, makes in the gen. Sołaith,

Sołihañ, So]'ma ; dat. SoÈařh, So]'fhuiñ ; nom.

pl. Sofuimh, Soìthuiñ ; gen. Sofaïh, Soffhañ ;

Sofihaib, Soffhañaib ; acc. Soffha, Sofiñaña,

&c.

7.—Nouns

34

7.—Nouns in •ē and eē ;—change the final

ò into′t or &; and are thus declined : * -

81 nGb1,a r• - PLU R A.i.•

N. dúñaē ; eáñaiè, 'dúñta ;

G. dúiìaiò or dúnta ; dúñ«'è, duñtaò ;

ID. dúiiøò; dúiì«òøibì, dúììt«iB, &c.

So in«è, buafaē, d«er aq, múñaê, déñaė,

þuøG«ò, &c. make imēa, buaft«, d«er*č«,

muiît», or múıiìte, déñta, ìru4gł«, &c.

But iïigñwē, táñrcñaē, congñaê, cosñaē,

«òj*«ò, cunn¡*aò, ed¡14ò, and the like, which

have more than One consomant in the middle;

add a syllable in the genitive, for euphony

sake, thus : iñgøñtá, túiircánt«, coñgønt«,

corønt«, 4ò4]*č4, cunn*j*č4, ed»j*č» ; not

1ngnt4, tinscnt«, &c.

hnţhaiñ tíþ añ tíþ úd foiþ,

%}ba co n-ø hãnganfaibh. ❤

*. Tale of Deirdre.

When the last vowel of the penultimate

syllable is small, the genítive mayıhave either

a broad or small encrease : Ex. &%igneò, gen.

«igniē, aigenta, aigñte;. so sceifhleò, l*itneò,

Some nouns suffer syncope ; as 4gallaïh;

tonversatiom, gen. agallaiih or ag»llři«,

% hdaièg na tá£aíp Toþna,

*S g«fi é a n-áit Ñuj* n-agallmha.• L. O'Clery.

- - “The.

S$5

“The following have only one gerätive, which

is formed by transposing the firal consonant of

the nominative ; as *1øšøf, M*išàñ, Diš45,

cołann, fþito}aih, fuj*aiferh, olann. Dative,

riašaif, 11íš«iñ, diöaif, co\'ainn, fHičoJairñ,

&c. Gem. |11«šJa, |1íšña, digł4, co}'ña, fï*1

{oÈiha, &c. So tufać, detač, mísač, dumháč;

make dat, tułaig, detaiš, misaiš, &c. and

gen. tuìč*, detč4, mísč«, &c.

Verbal nouns in iúšaò, form their second

genitive in išče ; as aimsiúšaē, tempting ;

aimsıušaiò or aimsiš£e ; úšaõ, makes uišče,

as slanúšwò, saloatiom ; gen. slanuğaiò 0r

flanuigře ; déñařh, doēng, makes gen, déniña

o^ déinnñe. -

Some nouns of this declension have a geni

tive like the nōininative; as Ceēt,′ Duęþeēt,

names 0f men ; Connaēt, the přo0irce Gom

7ıacht. - -

. . Níē, mas. a tññng ; makes gen. meite,

... Gníïh, mas, a** acłãom, deed; pl. gníïhaj*ęw.

- Beñ, a wqman ; ger. mäa ; dat. mñaí ; n.. p.

Thìài ; g.. baä $ d, mñaiō.

*O 's de ¡¡éim a# meięhe do gñ¡,

&óide is'integaisc áipdrºí.

T. M*Dàire.

- N*

36

: 1.: Ní do ñ4 **máiöñ glica ařháiñ, ′

Do Úeij*im fós g]1áò no gnaí,

%ičñe añ þifair tar aii ffé*,

Ní be5 lem de čéill ag mmaí.

Rickard De Burg.

%b, an aböot ; moš, a slave ; make, 9. S•

*b*ò, mošaò; d. s. abaië, mogaiõ.

III. DecL*NSIon.

Nouns which are attenuated in the ěative

singular, and form the gen. from the dative by

adding e. - :

r.xa w * LE• -

Cos, fem. afoot.

81N6dLa r• - PLu xAu. -

N. ań čos ; • na cora ; -, *

G. na coise ; na ccos ; .

D. do'ñ ėois ; do ña čosaið or cofa ;

A. añ čor ; na cos:» ; -

V. a čof ! « ėosá !

..． So lářh, a Åamd; dat. láimh, gen. láimhe, nom.

pl lámha. ' Cluas, am ear ; dat. cluais, gen.

cluaise, nom. pl. cluasa. Fiččell, a chessboard;

dat. fiłčill, gen. fi¢čille, nom. pl. fićčella.

Griañ, tke $un ; dat. GI*eiñ, gen. Gj*eiñe, nom.

pl. GI*láña. So all polysyllables in óg, make

the dat, in Óig, the gen. óige, and the nom.

»pł. in óga. Ex. Fuinneóg, a window 3 dat.

fuinneoig, gen. fuinneoige, nom. pl. fuin

neog4.-

Particula*

-

-

:37

Particular Rules.—A. few whose characte

ristic vowel is a, o, or e, take the improper

attenuation ; as clann, dat. "cloinn or clainn,

gen. cloinne or clainne. So hlso, long, lo]*g,

scolb, mong, ′have .. their dat. loing or luing,

gen. loinge or luinge, &c. Lec, a stome ;

bþec, the small p0.r; have lic, lice ; b]*ic, b*ice.

Deoč, a drimÁ& ; gen. sing.dige, dat. diš, nom.

pl. deočw.

Some are attenuated in the pemultimate

syllable; as slua fad, lofwd, d«õall; dat. slu•ráid,

losaid, taùaill; gen. sing. and nom.pl. fluaifde,

loifde, taiõfe. -, ** * - . *

Semá]*, medwj1; bfoñwc, sulañač, sonnač,

pubøll, (coltsfoot;) mata], c]}otaē, smo} ać ;

7make seimj1e, meid]*e, bfoiäce, suaıīiēe, &c.

in the gen. sing. but are regular in the nom.

pl. wiz. Semi*a, medj*a, bfoñca, suanèa, &c.

Sïiałš, mas, a mountain ; makes dat. sfiaù,

gen. sféiôe, nom. pl. słéiôte, gen. pl. sfiaù,

dat. s}éiôtiłó or s}'iaõaiõ.

Raiset seć ìiinn sléiöñe Riffe.

Cenfòeka.

Slán d'a móintiń as d'a słabhaiöf,

S}án d'a ]*1w&aiõ as d'a piascaiõ.

-Keting's Farewel.

•· · E SEcòNE»

-

38

SECOND ORDEIt

Nouns, whose characteristic vowel is i, short.\

IV. IOECLENSION. -

Nouns, which have a sniall encrease in the

gen. Sing. . - -

- - - * Ex4 M **v2

Snúıs, feim. a countemamce.

*ınGw*la r. *LdrAL.

N. ań Griúis ; na Gnúısı ;

• G. na Gnúıse ; : N« ngnúis, ngnúiseò ;

D. ó ºii ngnúis ; ó ñ« GnúisiB, Gnú1¡i ;

A. añ śnúis ; na gnúirı ; -*

V. a šnúis! a šiiúısı !

So uaij*, luiù, uaiñ, eg]air, t]1iäóid.

Particular Rules.–Afewpolysyllables,which

have an accent On the last syllable, have tw9

genitives singular; the.one regular, the other

like the nom. as scaj*lóid, scarlet ; gen. na

sca]*lóide or aiì sca]*lóid :—This last geim, is

not much used. - -

Dúı], caismir*t, have either a broad or small

encrease ; as dúiÈe or dú}« ; caifmiij*te or

caismejita ; gen. pl. dú\ or dúiÈeò ; caismejit

•r cøismej*teō.

- Some nóuns, of more than one syllable,

suffer syncope, or transpose their final cor

sowant ; and are thus declined : Iºx. Jmis or -

mnis, a7 island.

sisçd La*,

39*

s1 N G-d*1. A r• PLu RAL•

N. aii inis ; na hinsi ;

G. na hinse ; na n-inis; n-inseò ;

ID. do°ii inis ; do iìa hinsib, hinsi 3

A. ań inis ; na hinsi ;

V, a imis, infe! a infı ! .

So foigidiñ, innisiii. Here, the genitives,

inse, foišidñe, are contracted from inise,

foišidiñe, &c.: .

Nouns in éiłm:; as béim, céim, þéinn, léim,

toiõéim, oilõéim, tøíöréim, tuifj1éim, coisčéim;

take enma, in the nom. pl. and are thus dea

clined. -

Céim, fem. a step. -

N. ań čéim ; Na céimenha ;

G. na céime; n« ccéimenn ;

D« do 'ñ čéim ; do ña cémiÐ, céimenMøiB.

Cé b'é þ18t a raib añ fonn,

Ùo meswò guj* řheò coñnčj*om,

'€1]*ennaiš acas l]] aiò,

′0 ckéāmemmaäök CončuÑaij*.

- - T. ID. O'Higgin.

But aiñm, g#éim, féiòm, m.wiòm, naiòm,

snaiòm, and their compounds, have a broad

... increase in the nom. pl. Ex. 3(ñmanna, sem

anná, GI*emanna, feòmanma, teòmanna,

maòmanna, &c. Linn, a poal ; nıakes nom.

pl. linnte. * -

Gài¡iõ

- 40.

Gaij*W limxte do}1č4 dileinn.

- T. D. O'Higgin.

Slán d' a lęnmtiöñ as d' a loćaı6. -

i Keting”s Farewel. ..

Obaiþ, a cor# : makes nom. pl. oibł1eč«,

gen. Oibj1€č.

V. DEcLENSION. - \

Nouns, which have a broad encrease in the

gen, sing.

s:xAM*1,s,

Súir, fem. am eye.

81 NG.tr L.A r• PLU Ra1.4, ".

N. wii tsúif ; n.w súil'e ; , :,3

G. na súłw ; - nø súf or.rúıFeò ;

D. gañ ań tsúif ; Gañ iìá súifiù, súiÈe ; -

A. añ tsúif ; na súiþe ; - -

V. a fúj] ! « fúiFe! -.

So uaimñ, fem. a cave ; fløit, fem, or mas,

a prince ; feoi], fem. fïesh.

Gemera! Rules.—The gemätäoe Singular is

formed by inaking broad the nom. sing, and

adding a ; as nom. fl«r&, gen. flata.

- The Nom. pl. is formed by adding e to the

hom. sing.-

The Gem. pl. is formed by throwing away

the a of the gen. singular. Another, lešs

- ¢0??????07à

44

commom, genštive is formed by adding ò to the

nom. pl. as nom. flaiče, gen. flać or flaičeò.

Particular Rułes.—Driuinm, a bac#, and fuił,

blood ; make in the gen. sing. d]*oma, foFw 3

nom. pl. djomanna. %»uj*, the sea ; makes

gen. sing. mwj*w* -

A few proper names have an irregular gen.

like the nom. as Nom. Caë\óaiō, gen. Caęòaēa.

or Caêõaiõ. So Eočaiè, Sefrºatè, Sof}}aiē ;

also, buw&will, a b0y ; but most proper names

of this dleclension have this irregular gen. alone;

as Eoiñ, Johm ; gen. Eoiñ. SO Ruadj1wiò,

?\ïhlaíþ, Fiiib, Fiačaiò, Féiölim, Conuing. So,

also, fáiò, a propñet ; legáid, a legate ; deočoijì,

a deacom.

A few nounsin aíè, ufò or íè, chiefìy agents,

łose final « in the gen. sing. as fošJuíē, a

7'oböer ; gen. fošfuíò or foš] aò ; but thig last

gen. is not much in use.

Some are contracted in their infìections ; as

ciäeñwiñ, efaòaiñ ; C]*ua&aiii, name of a to:ym ;

ce&*athaiñ, bÈiašaiñ ; gen. ciiiećhìì4, e]aēiia,

C]*u«cñø, ceč|1øthña, bÈiašñø, &c.

Polysyllables in óip or eoir, for the most

part agemts, have two irregular genitives used

only in poetry ; one like nouns of the fourth

declension, the other formed by adding č to .

tke regular form. Ex.

• E 3 Léščóiþ,

(42

Léščóij*, a *eader.

S1 N GU La R, - *LU RA L, ^

N. léščóip ; léščó1}}e,-ó]14,-ó]1č4 ;

G. léš&ó]#«-óiÑe,-ó]*ač; léščó*,-óireò,-ó]*ač';

D. léščó1¡* ; . léščó¡*«iõ,-óþčwiò. ..

So muilneoif, a *måller ; doij*seoiþ, a door

keeper ; sc]*ilöneoir, a scrãwener ; señóij13 am.

ełalęr, â semator.

Dai}4, fem. an oak ; sai], tře.:«'ïllow ; fái],

a öed, a rēng ; and are thus declined : -

- . " - .tż #

N. ań døip ; na dáij*ge ; ,-

-

*

G. na da}}ać órdaiþge; na ndaj*aėor Ndaijºśeē;

D. dó'ñ daj*uig, dair ; do ña daijığıõ, daij*še.

“Deñhai}1, Tara, (a town ;) makes gen, sing.

Teiñ}1«č or Temñj*ø : --

gaðēap d' fhaighibh óip d'a n-uaislič.T. ID. O'Higgin.

NÍ* #á# mafę-fheñmña do 'ñ mñ4c,

% |1ᢠclaíñ Temhra wip ChoÑmøc.

“T. M #Dàire.

Féir Temñrach Gać t#es bfiwgwiñ.

- E. O'Flinn,

Rířh #éělann no gainiih ši],

Fe01j′ f•ičće no duille øij) dhairgñibñ.

- John O'Clery.

Clais

243

Clais, a furrow ; cáijrt,' a chart ; céif, a

3youmg pig ; are thus declined : * * * • •

- 6 i nGU LA R. - PLurak. … · · ·

N. aiî člais ; * * * *

G. na claise, clásáć ; na cclasaė, cclaiseò;

D, do'ñ ělair, člasuiš; , D0 iìw cl•iriÜ, cl»fčwiþ.

** -: . .n4 cl41s1, clafčw ; i．:

-

*. . *: *

。

: : .: ... º.* ** * * * * * * • * *

C}eit, facq 0f á country ; maltes nom. P].

cjºeta or cHetēa. Cuid, a share or part, is

thu5 declined : ' i c' ' *. "， º

• • • · · · • • • • • • • • t , s' ý »

N. añ ěuid; - , n* codc« ; . . . . 1;

G. na codaë, coda ; , , m» ccqdáč ;. i. t *

ID. do’iì čuidig, čuid ; dQ ña codć »16.* * -

~~ : * ,' ... * * **- * * *

%čwi]*, a father:; » mač«1]*, a ?motřer;' bþw

&ai]*, q :brother ; and their compounds drop

1 in the gen. sing, and are thus declined »

N. añ t-wčwij* ; ′ ' mø háiēj*eēa, aiēiře;

G. añ wčw]1 ; m« n-á1čj*eč ; , a

ID. do'ñ aęaij*; .．. do ña haiē#*õ, haiēþe ;

A. aiì t-a¢aił1 ; na haič}}eèw ; ***

V. a aēair ! ... a aič]*ećw !. . *

Taj* éis Feınıus a wii laíć lij1, ,

Jmēnuć idij* na braithriöÅ. • • • *

SHu m«c Esþu, i#ilc Gaíò1],

3%]* SematÂar slu«g føífığ.- *. · · · · Id. -• *

\ , ^ ' * - - L4s41]*,

44

L4s«1]*, a flame: and almost all femipmes

in ij1, are thus declined :

81 N6U La r., *btw R a*•

N. añ lasair* ; na lasì*øč» ;

G. na lwsì*wć ; na l•sï1wč ;

ID. do’iì l«sa1]* ; do iia lasj*ačqiù, lws j*ač*;

A. aiì lasaij* ; n« larjf«č* ;

V. a îa sw1j* ! « faFj*wêa !

So caj*c*1]1, coj*cøiþ, cosaij1, celtwi}}, coisi]*,

cućdwij*, comaijt, erwij*, eisgij1, eočaij*, fiš41]*,

fiwšw1]1, 1čiI*, luGaij*, maiiìistij*, mesai]*,

Načaij*, røltaijł, seòaijł, seiñistij*, tápwip.

Na Àeochracha « deir*im jiið,

%]*ticuıl čmnte ań ēj¡eidiñ.

- B. O'Hussey.

8{if' síf do čúij* añ tþoig#eē,

Toij*čeć fí} aiî úij1-àthrech.

- Anon.

%óiñ, cluaiñ, dáiñ, cáiñ, cþáiii, are thus.

declined ; * -

%&óiîi, fem. twºf, a bog.

N. wji mhóıī ; ' n«w Móña, móiñre ;

G. na móña, móñaē ; na móñ, móiñteò 5.

D. do°ïì fìióiñ, řhóiiuiò; do iia Móñ»ib, móiiitiB,

Nóiii, evemâng ; is regular in the singular,

but in the plural is like móiii :

Tþeoıo

45 •

Tþeòid Gall w ccluaimtäöh a ccen,

Túij* «elta a n-áit a ffoi]*gneò.

F. Q’Gnive.

l]]aiō do čui]* f« chánaidh,

% ccuiña ní¡* čuid ïhaíòimh, &c.

- John MºConmee.

LuGaıò, Fiač|*aíò, lJisniš, and€č41ò, *ıames

0f ?mem, make gen.. sing. Lušaiò or Luišòeē ;

F14čßaíōor Fi«ējł4ć ; lJisniš 0r Uisneć ; Eč41ò

0* Eč4č. Lib. Lecan, Passim1.

RášH41ō “€1j4emm u«č« 4m4č, . : * *,

Clønm« Néill mhóij% iñic £chack, · , :

. T.. D. Q’Higgin. .

Oijłisiē «gam a fhie, , ,' ' ]

% Chuij*c, ïhic Luigñdñécñ fáinglic."

• - " : ′ * .. ．. » .: 2: * . *** ', 'Eiges,

• •

* * * ... - f» -

* ~ *

*.-

* * *

**-

-

".-

-

- * * * • 1 --

\” “THIRD

* - - , i, 3 • • ( & : :í

-

»

*

* - ~ • #. * ** í * .. * * ,

:

*

»

** -

*.

- * * * * • * * * : **

* ... :* ** ** *, • . - *

*. . | * * *. * > * * •'

46

THIRD ORIDFR. . . T

′ Nouns emding in a Vowel.

V7. DECLENSION.

Nouns, which have mo final change in tÈe

singular mumöer :

\XAęMPÈE.

Boš4, mas. æ bow.

sinodlar. Pł.w r A 1…

N. añ bošø ; ná boš4 or bošwõw ;

G. ań Öoğw ; na mbošq, mboğaò:;

ID. do'ñ õoš«; doña bogqib,bošwòøiñ,bošøò4;.

A. ań boš« ; na boš0, bošaōw ;

V. a Öoša ! a þoša, 60šaò» !

Sa tišeþna, a lord ; asná, a rib ; selgaiÑe, a

humtsmam ; celgqipe, a deceiver ; eiþge, rising ;

esca, the moom. -

Particutar Rules.—Nouns, which have an

accent on tlie last syllable or end in «e ; as

j*é, an]*ó, ia]*šnó, clí, clú, cont«e, gnaí, &ça

Nom. pl. péë,.anþöa, cond«ea, clüa.

Gen. pl. þéëò, anr*öaò, cor&«ewò, clüaò.

ò or Ł issoinetimes inserted to preventhäatu$;

as |4éöe, anþóòa, &c.

Duijie, a mam, a persom ; makes Nom. Gen...

Ac, Voc. pl. daúiîe ; «lat. pl. daíñib.

%učiìe,

&

: “%ttñe, a precept.; nom. pl. aičeiita ; d'fíge,

Jaw ; słíše, a d0uy ; croíòe, the heart:; teiñé,

#ire ; baife, a todºm ; nom. pl. dłišče, słigče,

-cþoíò¢e, teinnte, bailte.

$ligñthe is inìenta d' %ij*dþíg.

- T. M{Dàire.

Corimac breiēeih na mb]*eić fír,

"E ]1o ¢]1áćt tegasc na Ríš, -

: Ní faščar ušdaj* is fe]1]1,

3%g alighthibh «est« 'E1jienn.

- L. O'Clery.

Báinte}* ¢eřnnte « č«eõaiö cloē,

-łRe « mbuøJ«ò, &c. -

T. M[6]Dàire.

: : * * • .. * a

V/I. DEcLÈNSION.

Nouns, which add a'consonantin the genitive,

añd are attenuated in the dative :

EŞ×AMP][.E.,

ìnnire, fem. a marrative,

01 N6d*1. A*Ri• *ivial.. " Ş

N. ań innise ; na hinniseña ; .

G. na hinniseñ; ma n-inniséii ; ′

*IP. do'ñ rnnisiñ ; ºdd ña hinniseñaiō ;

A. aìà innise,-siñ,-señ ; na hiriniseña ;

- V. a innife ! a »nniseñw !

Sq

48

8o táj*cuise, abuse $ faíside, confession ;

foišide, patiemce ; %ība, 8cotland; %ui#ha,

Munster : -.as also, ceč]**iñ4, a]1wòa, alañha,

deiôeòa, eìaēa, laiiaihá ; to which- add Cþu

aēa, mame of a toa'm. N. B. All these nouns

haveanothernoiminative; asinnısıīi, Taj*cuisiii,

ce#r amháiñ.—See exceptions to the fourth

and fifth declensions.–/E1]fe, Wrelamal; Tøillte,

Tailtin, (a' towm ;y and “3%j*a, the äslamd of

4rran, take nn ; as /E1]1enn, 'Eiþinn, &c.

Cei}eòjłaò uamse d' "A[ruinm. .

Col. Cille.

Siar o Albain na n-es mbmn,

Benmaćt uaimse go b'Eirinn.

- F. M«Ward.

'Eire óš inis na n«eřh, &c.

Ro gabł*sat geinte Gaþõa.

- G. Moduda.

Babrat. 'Ā2ùremm gøii amhñei*t.r G - * G. Kevin.

C« lín þíš d0 š«Ñ go G}*inn,

De #íl řhac %ifeò ' Eirimm.

» * - - - - - - *, : - - Id.

Gair*m Ollaıīh is é a 6unaò, *

De j#éij* uijid na heladham,

Ní &iòjia I|í innfhe is feþj*,.

.. Do 'ñ tí d'• ndingñe a èiēčell.

• #• f.. .e# *. : * E. Q'Husšey.

. * **:: : * : *** * * *: *'Some

49

- *. v

Some-increase; as def%na, pałm 0f the /ıamd ;

gen. na deþnann or de]*nuinne. So 14]*4, 1Łfa,

cuisle, feiële, faífe, leič]1e, gièI**, uiìle.

%]'fh«, Allen, (a town and bog ;) has gen.

sing. %łrñan or %fiñuine.

Some take n or nn ; as comhaþsa, a 7eigh

bour ; gen. sing. comh«I*sán, comhaj*sann, or

com4j*sainne ; nom, pl. comh4]*s«in,-røna, 00′

s«mn4. Sopej*fa, ujøs*, I#élta, d]1ıčfe, dife. •

Js ní tþi Déë iad roiïi,

8%čt 4eN d14 « ttj1í ppersomaäöf«.

- B. O'Hussey.

S1wj* t4j* d]*omčláò na dilenn,

Beij) a scribinn mo þennaćt. -

- w Keting.

Goþ4, guafa, ual«, and á#4, the loin ; are *

attenuated in the plural. Ex. 5oõá or gaña,

a smith ; gen. goòann, dat. Goõuinn, nom, pl.

goibïie, gen. goõann or goiÑñeè, dat, goiõäið;

so nom. pl. guaiìne, uailñe, ái]*ñe.

%g gaibhmäöñ glanta « ccej*dč4»

Fua]*us foiēj1eò dj*ığJenta.

- | E. O'Hussey.

Lec4, glota, luÑgw, ıngá, oHca, ojidø, GuJb4»

#øš4, Ñošø, are thus declined. Ex.**

R Lec4»

50 -

lec«, fem. a càeek. -

g1 NGU LAR• - PLU RA L•

:

. wii lec« ; N« leicñe 07' lecamñ ;

. na lecañ; na lec«ñ, leicñeò ;

. do’ïi lec4ıīi ; do ïì« leicñiłÕ, leıciie ;

. aiì leca ; na leicîie ;

. « Teca ; « ]'eiciìe. "

So nom.pl. gloitñe, luiþgñe, oifłciie, þoišiie,

&c. lec«, makes also dat. pł. lecñib 0r leciì«iõ.

%ar uiñá dá sc#is le sciaiñ,

%øll.þian ēngam qip čþuit č4íñ.

- T. R. O”Conor.

Fuøj* lem dá lecain suñwiš. ,

E. O'Hussey.

A few have their nom. pl. like the dat. and

are thus declined :

Lača, fem. a duck.

N. aii l4č4 ; m« laćuiñ;

G. N4 l4čañ ; n« lać wiî ;

ID. ó'ñ laćuriï ; ó ña laćiiaiõ, laćña ;

A. wñ lač« ; na lačiìa, lačuiii ;

V. a Îač« ! " a } ačña ! , ^

So de#ca, diša, erguïha, f«eē4, fiaša, iš4,

mec4, n«escø, uilliš«. Tenga, a tomgue; has

mom. pl. tengč4, dat. tengčaib. -

Ní čuigid temgtha ar oiJe,

Crºíć ilōéþlać Jugoiñe.

- Owen MºGrath.

Bó,

51

Bó, a co:» ; and b]łó, a querm, a mill-stome ;

are irregular. Ex. "

81 Nq#U L. A R• PLU Rar..

. aiî Bo ; na bø, b4ı ;

. M4 bo ; M4 mbo ;

. do'iì õoin ; - d0 iìw buaib, bu ; • •

añ čò; m« bø ;.

« bo ; - ø Bø.

añ õŀó ; ^ na bpóinte ; -

. na bjfón ; " ma mbþón, mbþóindeò-3 ·

. do ’ñ þþóiïi ; do ììø bþóimtib ;

. «iì þ}}ó ;- m« bł#óinte ;

« B}4ó ; • B#óinte. ' ′

Cu, a fìoumd; has gen. con, dat, coin... $o all

its compounds, as omču, f«elču, &c.

Some nouns take ò in the gen. and dat.

instead of n ; for the learnerºs sake we shall

rotice them all here :: ·*

|Fi]'e, mas, a philosopher, p0et.

N. wñ fiîe ; na fi fuē ;

G. aiî fiìeò ; na jfiłeò ; * . *

D. ó’ñ ffifiò ; ó ña fıJeòaiÑ, ftÈeòa 5.

A. ań fiÈe ; m« fi}'eèa ;

V. a #iìe ! - « #ifeòø !.

So amh}}4, (tm elegy ; beča, lįfe ; «}14, a Ser

wamt ; b1òõq, am ememy ; «íòe, a:death ;. deo]14»

a sojourner ; bjłuša, am hospitaller.

Rí, a king ; gen. ]1íš, nom. pl. j′ášče.

: IF 2 Cá¥a,

52

Caþ4, a friend ; namñ4, ah enemy ; Nuaē4,

proper mame 0f a mam ; bj*aga, the meck ;

br1áiše, am hostage ; f1če, tw'emły ; take d,

not ò in the gen. and dat. sing. and form the

plural thus: Caijłde, naitřide, bııaigde, b# áiš

de ; they may also, in the gen. and dat, sing.

be written cø]*wt, c4]\øit ; namñat, naiñ«ıt ;

Nuwòøt, Nuaòait ; fičet, fičit. -

Réd charaid da ccuiþ1d ort,

Bí tþén go tećt a n-umhloćt.

- T. M*Dàire.

Bjłeičerh cej%t ga# dol þe j#íš,

%ian l« Coþmác tiše i#i tj*íj4,

Bj*e¢« dimg« dál gøñ šoid,

}dij» charaid is mamñoid.

~ Flaithri M«FithiI,

*

-

Dþuí, a prîest 0f the $um ; suí, a sage ; buí,

•m âgmoramř 7mam ; (or d]*»í, s«í, daí,) are thus

'àeęlined :

81NGU1,A R• *1.d *4.»•

N. dþuí or d¡*«í ; dþuíče, dß«fče ;

G. dj*u«ò; dj*uaò, dþuířeò ;

ID.dj*uíò, djłaíò; dj*uíčib, dþaíčib. ~

We may also write ē in place of ¢ in the

plural ; as dþuíòe, dj*øíòeò, djřuíòiõ, &c.

~ Sláii d'a saíthibh þe héigsiB,

-Keting.

53

The following nouns, wiz. Ü1w, God ; fá,

a day; ciìu, a mut ; ua, a gramdsom or descenq

damt ; g4, a sumbeam* or jat'elim ; mí, mas. a

?m0mth ; c«ej*ø, a sheep ; cï4ó, a /ıowel ; bjiú,

täe ¢omò ; are quite irregular,declined :

s1.NGu La Ra..

N. ÙI«. : lá.

G. dé. \ løe or*laí.

D. dia.. Já, ló. -

A. d14. lá.

V. òé, ò14. f«í, î3e.

- PLU RAL,

N.. déë. J4e, laı, ~y ,

- løiče,

laíče. -

lá, kečeõ;Gà. déčañ, }déë. * løíčeò: ***

V. ui, uø,» : ē4. ' -

* *' - - F 3

} * *,-

and. are thus

· Cïìu.

cñó, ciîuí.

ciìuí, c¡iğ.

t:îìu.

čiiu.

*: **

# ì - •.: 3

* cñó». ,

cñ*) , , & 'eñ«í.

ciìó.

... **] : 0 ]

ID. g:*} l«íčiłš, l«e¢16,~ . } é : cñóiłó; }déibó. laíÜ, laeō, láiÑ. ) eñáiõ: ) |

A. s déë, Jaıče, l«eče, löa.: > ° cñó, S.

& } dé¢e. - **-. .cñu, {}V. J. i : · : * ::» ~ 5° ** *ęï${., X

• • • · · · \ . w *

* * • ** * *ircytan. - ** w :)N. l]q. * , - 5a. .. .." ， , %í. :

G. ui. - Gø» G41. mísq.

D. u«. . . . . Ga. ~ · ' ' '.: mºr, mí.

A. u«. .*, ．.． :* G*.:.. ^:: *** 4* ** mú1:

rñí.

PLU R A L,

* 54 -

/ -

*-**.t**&a t*

N. ut, 5á» G«í, G4e, & míf« ;

• Gáî, G*íče, - } -

g«eče,” *

G, ua, o, ga, gaiēe, * mís ; \

- . Gaíteè, g«ečeē,} •·. -

I0. uiB, Gaíõ, g«eiõ, gáiù, } mísaič;

G«ečič, Gøíčiõ,

#} ui, g#ięe,*-*•} míra.

w. ) 50, -

* 81-NGU*Lax•. -

N. C«ef}a, , Cþó, Bpu ;

G. c«eł*«ê, Q - ej#uí, Y ::"*}c«ár*eč, e]*øí, } bponn ; 9

P)... caípië,. ejfu, bþOınn.

-" , ~ - ***.dş r.4.1w•. - / *

N. ca#þig, epaí, c]*uí, c]*aíłe, briuinne;

G. ::::::} c]#ó, c]*aíčeò, , b]*onn ; ．

cøíj*eē, - -

P. c«ej*ò4iõ, cj*aíñ, cj*aíłiÑ, b}}onnwiõ;.

A.

: }••ir. crua, c]*4íče, bþuinne.

Cee, a fòg ; geñ. sing. ciać ; gleo, makes.

głiaò; c]\é, eaxth,. clay, ej*iaò 0r c]#é..

2\ tá bï*qt ciac os a ccenm,

&húēøf gló*** Bhaíèe]′Eij*enn.

- F. Q’Gnj*e,

•*

55

or Ab7EcTrr£* -

Adjectives, like Nouns, maybe divided intç

three orders, according to their terminations.

Adjectives of the first order, that is, having.

a broad characteristic Vowel, are declined like

Nouns of the first Declension, in the Masculine

Gender ; and in the Feminine, and Plural

Number, like Nouns of the tñird.

IEXAMPLE.

%$óþ, grea? ; Latin, 7mag?«us.

8***& G«u.LAr*,

* ÅMayç, Jºęm,

N. %$óþ, magnus ;. ïhó#*, 7magma ;

G. ñmóij1, *magmi ; Móıhe, ?mag'maº ;;

ID. ïhó8, 7magmo ; ñhóip, 7magmae ;

A. móþ, 7magºmum ;. fhół*, 7magmam ;

W. ñìóij1; ?magºme ; mhój*, 7magma.

, *L。à1,• «

N, ïhóHa, 7magmē; mó84, 77wag??ae ;

G. mó]*, magmorum ; móì1, ?magºmarumw ;

P. mó*ø, magmis ; mó|*4, 7magmãs ;

A. ïñóþa, magmos ; Mó]14, 7magmas ; .

V. mópa, magni ; mój*w, Magm«e.

Sç

56

So, nuaò, ×e(9; nuaiòe, ñuaiē. 'Og,young ;

óige, óig. Celgaē, decei(fu/ ; celgaíše, čel

gøiš. Søe]% Jree ; f4íï1e, f4íï*. Fua]1, cold;

fuaiþe, fuaij!. Lıwč, grey ; léiče, ïéi¢. Séj*,

sharp ; Géij*e, šéij*.

Some take the improper attenuation ; as

ge], white ; gife, šif. Tþom, heaty ; rì*uime,

&þuim. 50]*m, blue ; gıııj*me, šuiþm. Dall,

błimd ; doille, õoill. Bjøec, speckled ; bþice,

′\3j*1c. All polysyllables take either attenuation;

′as ceoìñaþ, melodious, geii. fein. ceofïhaire

or ceoìiñui#e ; súgač, 7merry, súgaíše or

súguíše ; díÑeč, direct ; dirlíše or dipeige.

But the itaproper attenuation is in use only

among the Po€ts,

A few Dissyllables are contracted in the

feminine and in the plural ; as uasá], `mobłe,

gen. fem. uaisłe, pl. uaisłe ; úïhal, humble ;

- úimhîe, pl. úïhÈa ; ]1eiñaj1, fat ; řeiřhþe, pl.

}}emhì#« ; obønm, quäck ; Oibme, pl. obn«.

In the Scotch, dialect, most polysyllables

form their pl. like the nom. sing. as tuipseč,

*melamcholy, sad ; pl. tuijłseē ; in Ireland,

: more correctly, tui]*seäa.

* * * * ****.

Adjectives of the second Order have all the

Cases of the Singular Nuti.ber, in the mas. gen.

like thenom. sing. mas. In the feminiiie and

plural they are declined iike Nouns of the

fourth Declension.-

* .. ~.*x.A MPLE•

57

2

ExAMPLE•

Ciłuaiè, hard. -

sm n6u.1.a r- - • *L。r.…...….

JMarc. 1Fem. ŽMaje. Fem.

N. -

& }cruis. čf*u4ıò ; ēj1uøiòe, c]*uøıòe 3

* G. čj*uø1õ, cj#u«iòe 3 c#u41ò, c]ıu41ò ;

1D. -

& 8 ēj*ùaıē, č*u4ıò;. c]*uwiòe, cþu«Ièe.

V,

Some are contracted in the feminine and

plural j as mifir, sweet,

N. A. %iJir, ïhiłif ; whiffe, miłfe ;->

G. řhifłr, mni}re; mni}is, mniłis ;

D. W. řhıīif, ïhiÎis ; mi]re, mhi}se.

Sw«ij*c, pleasant ; makes pl, ruaþca.

Adjectives of the tñird Order, end in a

wdwel, and have no change of termination ; as

roña, ñappy, Wucky.

. N. A. Soña, ~ foiia ; fofì4, soñ«,;

G. foñø, soñ« ; soñ4, soñ« ;

D. W. foña, foña ; foñ«» soñ4 ;

- Except beó, iřoing, aìite.

N. A. Beó, beó; Beóã, beóã;

G. Bí, beó ; beó, beó ;

1D. W. Ñeó, Beó ; beóã, beóã•\

, ~ 。 Adjectiveš

38

Adjectives, when ùsed substantively, form

the dative plural in iłÓ ; as mw]*BøıB, beóiÐ,

mó]*øib, boēt«ıīš, - * *

* -

0r c©MPARISON,

-*

- * • - *

There are inGalictwo forms of Cómparison :

The first Comparatěce is the same as the

genitive singular feminine ; as óige, 3/0umger;′

saíþe, m0*e free ; tjøuıme, ñeaväer ; miÑse,

st¢eeter. Some adjectives ending in a, form

their comparative by attenuation ; as fada,

&o»g, comp. fáide ; taña, thîn, comp. twiäe. -

: The secomd Comparatiçe is formed from the

first, by changing final e înto 1de ; as trom;

tj%uime, tjfuımıde ; ge], giìe, giłide. In the

Gaelic of Scotland, final e is omitted ; as tjiui

mid, gifıd. Most polysyllables do not admit

of this second comparative,

- Both these forms are indeclinable.

Another comparative, not now in use, Occurs

sometimes in our MSS, distinguished by the

termination tir or čij* ; as gifičir, whiter ;

duibičij1, błacker. This appears to me to be

the same as the, Persian comparative in tar ;

as kñub, fair ; k/iubtar, fairer ; in Gaelic c«eñ,

c»ímñ1čij*. .

* Ní ’r, ní rá, ní úus, are often prefixed t@

the first.comparative; as Ní 's t#uime, heavier.

: The

$ 9

The Superlative is of the same forma with the

first comparative, ′ #

An eminent degree Ofany qualityis Expressed

by putting One of the particles |1o, fíj1, sá}*,

ú]*, an, before the positive, and aspirating its

initial; as þo še}, (exy «hite ; fí|1-álainn,”

fru/y beautifu¢ ; sáj* řiaič, exceedingly good ;

úr* šì*ána, wexyugly ; ønnñó]*, ve»y great, fęuge.

GÈé is often prefixed to gel; as glé Ge}, 'very

zwhâte. * - -

- - - - - • ** -

The following adjectives are compared irre

gularly, wüz.

1Positive. 1 Compar. - 2 Cormpar.

2881ē, good ; fej** ; ′ fe#Irde, feifłþde;

C/lc, bad ; mesq ; mirte ; -

%ór*, great ; mó ; móide ; -

Beg, small ; ' luš« ; lušaide ;

Gej***, short ; gij*I*« ; gij***ide ;

Jºada, lomg ; faide, siø ; føidide, séidide ;

Fuj*us, } easy; ura ; usáide;

uþurø» *

Te¢, hot ; teo, teiče; tei#ide ;

TDeš, go0d ; deć ; —;

Fogus, mear ; foicse,-

&#&}

In compliance with the usage of other

Grammarians, we shall here insert a list of

numerals, though more properly belonging tO

a Vocabulary : - -

1, %eN ;

6Q - -

1, %eN ; ' - 1st, céd ;

2, dá, dó ; 2nd, daj*4 ;

3, tþí, teoł*4 ; 3rd, tj*er, t#iuiñaê ;

4, cečøiþ, ce1čþe; * 4th, ceč]\4ñh4ô ;

5, cúig, coig ; 5th, cúigeò ;

′ 6, sé; - 6th, feiseò ; -

.7, sečt ; ′ - 7th, sećtřh«ò ;

8, Qčt ; 8th, qčtñh•ò ;

9, rOí ; 9th, n«eiñaò, roíñaõ; "

10, deić ; 10th, deičmhaõ;

l 1, «en-òég ; ~11th, «enfhaê-dég ;

12, do-õég ; 12th, dø}}«-dég ;

13, d}41-dég ; \ 13th, tþes-dég ;

14, ceičıī*-dég ; 14th, ce¢|*ømhaò-dég ;

15, cúig-dég ; 15th, cúıgeò-dég ;

16, sé-dég ; 16th, seiseò-dég ;

17, sečt-dég ; 17th, sećtmhaò-dég ;

: 18, očt-dég ; 18th, oćtřhqè-dég;

19, noí-dég; 19th, n«eiñaò-dég;

20, fiēe, dočatt ; 20th, fičedaò ;

21, «en is fiće or «en 21st, «enihaē aij* #iēit ;

«ij* #1èit ; - " .

22, dá aij* #ičit ; 22nd, dar*« aij* #iēit;

30, deić aij* #1ēit, 30th, peićïhaò aij* #ićit,

tþ?čøtt ; t]1îčadaò;

31, «en-òeG«ij* #iēit, 31st, «eniñaò-dég aij»

- - fičit ;

40, dá fiēit, ′ cečHa- 40th, ceē*«&adaē; |ēqtt ; • ′ -

ð0, deiè aij» dá #ièit, 50th, deiēñaò aij* dá l

l

c«egatt 3 fič1¢, c«egødwò $

- 60, t}}ı

…*

61

60, tj1í fičit, sesgatt; 60th, sergaęaê; -

70, deić air &|1í fiēit, 70th, deičiïiaò aij* ē#í

sećtmhošatt ; fičrt, sečtmhoğa

- - - dq č ; *

80, ceithe fiči*, 80th, Očtmhošadaò ;

očtñošwtt ; -

90, deić wij* čeięì*e 9Dtb, deičrhaò aij* ¢eię

fičit, močw.tt ; *E f1čit, nOčada ö;

100, cétt ; - 100th, céd4ò ; *

1000, mí!e ; 1000th, mífeò ;

1000000, mulliúiä ; 1000000th, milliúiîa'õ.

The following are applied Only to persons:

TOís, beiþt, tu'opersoms ; móiþfeifiuj1, s. t'em ;

t}1 Iú]1, three ; 0čtø]1, eight ;

ce*j1«]*, four ; n«ennha}*, 7»ime ;

cúıGe]1, fìve ; delčneiña |1, tem.

reise]*, seislu]1, sùr.

Or to personified objects; as in this stanza :

Tj*iúr a tá ag braıt a i]* mo þás,

Glò a tá1ò dO śna¢ am õun ;

T#uaś Gañ a cc]*očča |*e cr ann,

%ñ Ùiaþa], ań Chlann 's a' Chnuïh.

* Deēe, .t:ço things ; tþeēe, three things ;-

* ** * * -

-

- -

* --

-

eeč4]1ò«, f«ur things ; Occur often in old

writers. · · · -

Dá, tþí, fièe, cétt, míîe, amál milliún, are

declinable ; nom, dá or dí ; gen. dá $ dat.

díþ.—Dj»í, makes dat. trí\3.– Fiče, is of the

G *

62 *

seventh declension, and makes gen. fičet ;

dat, fićit.–Cétt, makes dat. pl. céttáiõ,–

&SíÈe, pl. mí]te.–3Silliún, is of the first de

clension.—Dí, díù, tj}íõ, are scarcely used.

C«ega-t, sesgatt, scētñošatt, &c. though

obsolete in Scotland, and some parts of Ireland,

′are still much used among good writers, and

even in common conversation in many parts

of Munster and Conacht. .．

·*For fiirther particulars respecting the eol

location, &c. of the numerals, see the Syntax.

. * ?. . : *

OF PRONOUNs.

TMERE are seven kinds of Pronoı0ws ; Per

′ sonal, Possessive, Relative, Demonstrative,

interrogative, Indefinite, Compound.

The Persoralpronoums are%Se, 7; tú, thou ;

é, sé, he ; í, sí, she. They have a simple and

an emphatic form, and are declined thus :

s1 *:03d 1.a r

63

sincd, A r. - plüra L. " *

Simp/e form. - *-*.f, Simple fęrm.. . E**).f.

&) %$e, M, - Árinn, &'e, ~ sinne,***^a •

mise ; (rinn, inn, us ; inne.

A. ) Mıº ;

N. Tu, thou; dt:*a ; } Fi6, 16, si%se,

A. ču, thee; £us » ; }], 3/6u 3 1òse.

V. Łusa, O t/.0u / 16se, O 3/e /

N. Sé, he ; sépiii ; -

A. é, hiìm ; éfiñ ; ì riad, t/«y ; siadsan ;

\ N. S1, s] e ; sir! 3 \ 1wd, t/icmn ; iadsan.

A. í, ñer $ 1fi ; -

Possessio¢s, are mo, *my; do, t/4y; • his, her,

their, They ałsq have an emphatic form, which

is made by adding the syllable s«, in the ], 2,

and 3rd pers, ging.and 2nd pers, pl,–me in the

1st pers. pł.. and s«n in tłae 3rd. These

′ syllables are placed immediately after nouns

to which the poss, pronouns are prefixed, and

are coquected by a hyphen ; as mo ñac-ra,

7My son ; ø}} muc-ne, 01(r sons. Ex. * *

*

$ 11NGU L A r• - fud r a t..

š*fle fºr*. Erp*. £ S*f.f. E-þ.f.

%o, my ; m /—sa ; 4j*, our ; aj1–ne.

Do, t/y; dw–sa ; þuj1, 3your; Buj1–*a.

% /įis, ñer; a–-sa, san ; a, t/ıeàr ; a—san.

• , \ . -

G. 2 The

| The word féiñ, se/f, ou'm ; is subjoined to

both Pers. and Posses, pron. as me féiñ, my

setf ; tusa féiñ, thou t/yself ; sımn féiii, our

selt'es ; mo čenn féiä, *my owm head.

Relatiçes,–Are 4, (0ho, &'hich, that, all thař,

whatever ; noē, (which, t¢ho ; náč, «'ho mot, ùhicñ

??of.

IDemomstratřtes,–so, this, these ; siii, thar,

those ; súd, úd, t/at or those there, yom ; which

are added to nouns, and pers. pron. as ań þen

so, añ fe]1 siii ; é so, mas. this ome, í Fo, fem.

this ome ; é súd, í súd, yom ome ; cégiia, same ;

añ fe}* cédña, t/ıe same mam.

Interrogatioes,–Cia ? q'ño ? which ? cië ?”

z»hat Ž cHéd ? what ? cad ? u'ñat ? cad or cj*éd

'é, mas. í, fem. pl. iad, mas, and fem.

Imdefinite,–'Eigi#, some; ci« b'e or gì b'e,

whoeder ; ciè b'e, whateder; aip biř, amy;

eife, oife, aife, other ; g«č, cač, every, each ;

cáč, all, others, the rest ; cuid, some; neč, amy

one ; ań ti, z»ñosoeter, the persom who ; cač

ei]'e, every other.

Compound pronouns are of two kinds : 1st,

compounded of persomal; 2nd, of possessioe pro

nouns. Their emphatic form is like that of

their primitivcs.

1st, Com

65

1st, Compounded of Personal Prcm uns :

&%gam, twitì or to me ; agad,—t/iee ; aigc,–

him ; a1ce,–her ; 8«gainn,–us $ aGa iþ,—:ye $

«cw,–them. * * * * *. • ' ", . . ．

3pam, out of me ; asad, tłee ; as, fìm ;

aiste, her. %fainn, us ; asøiõ, J/e ; a stø, them.

Chugam, wmto me ; ěugad, tkce; čuige, ñřm ;

&uicE, /ier. ChuGwınn, us ; čugaiþ, 3ye ; čuc«, .

them. : : \ ' .. * * * ;& \ .& , , " .** ** * '

Daïh, to me; duit, thee;′do, łām ; di, ker.

Dúımin, us ; euíÐ, 3/e ; dóib, łhem. -. -

Dím, 0ff me ; dít, t/ee ; de, him ; di, ker.

0ínn, us ; díò, ye ; diu, them. . '，' »» 2 » » -

Edj*wm, bet:«'eem ?me'; ed}#wd, thee ; # ed]1é,

Àim ; ed]1í, /ier, €d]1aimn, us ; ed]1áığ, ye;

etoj1]1w, them. - : . ． ".

Fúm, under me; fúd, t/¡ee; fuí, him ; fu°e,

her. Fúinn, us ; fúiõ, 3/e ; fúęa, them. :

Jnnam, än me; innad, tàee; ann, him ; ııın&e,

he)'. Jnnainn, us ; innwiò, ye ; inntığ, or ınn&a,

t/: ºm. • - -

Lîm, «'if/: me ; ler, thee ; leis, hìm ; léi,

Àer. linn, us ; hb,. 3/e ; leo, them. -

Oj}m, om me ; oj*T, thee ; qip, hàm ; uiþ]*e,

her. O]1ainn, us ; oj*áiÐ, 3/e ; 0]*]4«, tñem.

Rìm, (witfi mìe ; j1ît, th£e ; ]11s, fiēm ; j*1a,

&er. Rinn, us ; |116, 3/e ; ]*iu, them.

Roiñwm, bçfore me; ]*omñad, tñee ; }10imhe,

àim ; roimpe, her. Roiñainn, us ; |1oiñaiõ,

3/e ; ïompa, t/ıcm. ,

*

G 3. » Sečqm,

^ 66

Se&4mn, without me; se&ad, thee; fe&é, hàm ;

seèí, ñer. Seēainn, us ; sečøib, 3/e ; sečw ,

them.

Thojim, over me ; čo]*t, thee ; ¢aijiis, him ;

čaiþsi, her. Thoj*ainn, us ; čo]*øib, 3/e; čw]* sw,

them,

Trím, through me ; tþít, tñee ; t]1íd, hin ;

t]1íti, her. T]1ínn, us ; t]1íb, 3ye ; tþímp4, or

tj*í¢a, them. - - -

lJaim, from me ; uait, thee; na ò, ñim ;

wiče, her. \Jainn, us ; uaiÑ, 3/e; uača, them.

l]mam, upom *me ; umad, thee ; uime, ñim ;

iaimpe, her, umainn, us ; umaiõ, ye; umpa,

them. -

\Jasam, aöowe me; uasad, tàee ; *øf4, him ;

w4iste, ñer. \]øsainn, us ; uøsaiþ, 3/e $ uasta,

them. -

Among the Poets we find these compounds.

variously orthographjed, according as the mea

sure of the verse required.–These varieties

shall oe noticed when speaking of poetic

licence. - -

Those compounded of possessive pronóuns

have the same empbatic form, and require

aspiration and eclipsis, in the same situations.

as their primitives.—They want some of the.

persons. Ex. -

&{m, ěm ?my ; ad, in thy.

Cóin, (wit/, or unto 7my ; cód, x'ith t/y ; cóI*,

:with our. - * *-*.

Ùom,

67

Dom, to my ; dod, to thy ; daR, fo our.

J°óm, umder my ; fód, umder thy ; fór, our.

lém, toi#h my ; léd, &«'ith t/y ; lé|1, x'ith our.

*Om, from my; ód, from thy ; ó}1,.from our.

Rém, with **y ; j#éd, tęith thy; #é|1, zeith

• 6944,7*. .

Tïfém, through my ; tþéd, through t/y ;

t}*é|1, through our.

"Fhe other persons are formed thus ; as *n 4,

'àn his, her, their ; añn Ñur1, în 3/our ; co n-a,

&eith kis, her, their ; co þur, zoäth your ; d'a,

to hęs, her, theìr ; do Bur!, to 3your; fo n-a, fo

\Óui# ; lé n-a, lé Öuj* ; ó n-a,, ó þuj* ; |1é n-a,.

′ rié öu}} ; t}*é n-ø, tï#é Ñuþ.

*-*=>ę�60©6«c-=

OF VERB$.

In Gaelic,Verbs have but ome Co?jugatiom.*

The Moods are sēx ; the Indicative, Imper

ative, Subjunctive, Conditional, Consuetudi

nal, and Irfinitive..

The

* Mr. Stewarthas divided the Verbs into f«p• Conjuga

tions $ whereof the first comprehends those Verbs, which

begin with a Consonant ; the second, tbose which begin with

a Vowel, or with f before a Vowel : with wbat view, or

for what rēason, thi6 ingenious Scholar ha3.left unexpłaineē:.

68

The infections of Verbs, like those of

Nouns, are made by changes on, the tertaina

tion ; the changes at the beginning of Verþs,

are eaused by certain prefixed particles, ex

pressed or understood. - - "

Verbs have a simple and emphatic form ; as

táım, / am ; Táim-se, Ā am ; t«maid, æe are ;

támaid-ñe, WÅ are $ dá1d-san, TII£Y′ are.

There are three Tenšes ; the Present,

Preterite, and Future. Ēach of these Tenses

has a Relative Form, which is often the same

as. the third person singular, amd is always

governed by the Pronoun a expressed ·or

understood ; as 1s m*se ěoñøs, ü às I ř:«'bo /

19oumd ; is iad šoñaf, ù is they (t×'ffo) wound ;

añ tí 1a]***ør, the person ((wł0 / asks ; lóčáïi

noć scabus aiì š«e¢, the chaff tº/įich, the (cimd

scattereth ; éi]*Ges Osc4]1,. Oscar arises.

Before the learner proceed, he should

observe that am ? &¢hethe* ? go, that ; dá, įf ;

1a |1; qfter ; náè, 7mot ; fá, fōr te'ñãch ; nočw, mot ;

require eclipsis; as an ngwñaim ? do I :«youmd ?

nočw mbuøiì1m, I do m0t strìke ; and before a.

vOwel, take n ; as d« n-ìwj1]*fá, įf3you :would ask.

Ní, mí]*, do, #o, ał1, ná]1, guj*, su], cause

aspiration in the 2íctive Voice ; as ní fui],

there is mot ; aj* šonais ? did you teound ? In

the Passive, the verb suäers no initial change

from these Conjunctions ; as do goiiaē me, I

‰ás ż00uma cal; ní Gontøíò me ? / wseá, m0! to

b¢

- - 69

ðe twounded ? suî gomfaíòej* ču, öęfore you :•il!

Ðe tºounded. - Do drops o before f, in the

active voice ; as d' foscaiì sé, be opemed; but

do fosc] wò é, ñe («'as opened. Aspiration takes

place.:also in the active voice, where do is

understood ; as čonnaij*c me, / satw'; or do

.čonm«ij*c me. -

The Auxiliary verb, beič, fo be; is conju

gated as follows :

INDICATIVE MC)O]D.

Presemt Temse.—Táim, I am ; táiþ, or taí¡*,

thou art ; tá, he is ; támaid, tce are ; taēaí,

3/e are; táid, th¢y are, 0r, tá me, I am ;

tá tu, thou art ; tá sé, ñe ãs ; tá sınn, tá siò,

tá siad.

Relatřge Form.–Js me • £á, it is I, who am;

is tu « tá, it is 3you, wko are, &c. using tá.

through all the persons in öoth numbers.

Preterite.–Bhíòes, I (cas ; Bís, thou wast;

bí, ře «'as ; 6ímuj*, we were ; ðíÐur1, 3/e twere ;

Bíear, they were. Or, čí me, bí Tw, þí sé,

Ðí sinn, &c. Or, Báèas, Báèais, 6á, ðamáÑ,.

bábaj1, bádar**, Or, bá me, þ« tu, 6á se, &c.

Relative Form.–Uo Bí ; as is me do òí»

ât is I, who was;, na fij* do Bú, the mew,.z'ho,

&øe?"¢.-

Future.—

*This third form is very classical, but not much spoken

mow• The first form,. thoügh in general use, is scarcelýta.

be rnet witb im old MS$.

769

Figure.–Biad, I will be 3 bl*ò«1]1, thou tºilt

be ; òiaò, ke «ill be ; biwòmaid, tºe &9ill be ;

biáėaíè, ye æill öe ; bláòaid, they will ðe.: Or,

brač, me*, biaò tii, biaō sé, b1*ō słrm, blwō

fið, biaò siad. 0r, beid, I &0ill be ; beiò1]*,

#hou ; beiè, he–; beiòmid or beim» (0é wil!

be ; beiòiè, 3ye– ; beiòid or beid» they, &c.

O*, beić me+,—tu,—sé,—sinn,—siö»—riº d.

Relafice.–-Bhias, that will bg ; as is MáFe

Éiaf, it is I, tyho diil öe.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Bí, be thou ; bíò, let him be ; bíòmaid, le/ us

be ; bíòiè, öeye ; bíò.d, bíd, 0* bídíf• let //iemy

öe. Or, bí tu,–Fé,–finm, &c. Ná bí» &e

200t, &c. - -

SU PJU NčTIVE MOOD,

Aresemt Temse.–}FuiPhm, Ma?m ; fuı!'ij*, fkou.

art ; fui], he is ; fui]'m¡d, z'e are , fui}'tíò, ye

are; fuiÈid they are. Or, fuif me ; fuił tu,

fé, sinn, sib, si«d. - * *

£elatřze.—Náč jfuı], that is ñot.

*

Ex.—Ní #uiìim, J an 7mo!; ní #ui], he äs

7ıot.$ &%n #üt] tu ? ar í thou ? %n jfuıīid ? are

- tÎey ?

* Or biaiõ me, &c. This has also beem written

«« bič1ò me,” in Scotland.

+ This may also be written ** bei¢ me, &c.”

# The Subjunctive Mood is never used without one of the

conjunctions, iıí, «n, G0, w]4, &c. prefixed. '.

$ we often write and say ** Ní “Jim, níºf me,

ní º! sé, &c.

- 7 1

tkey ? go ffui}im, that I am ; go puıJi;}, that

thort art ; noč« n#uif, there is mot.*

y" Preterite,–-RáÐws, 1 a'as ; |*aÚais, tho*

çast ; *14ıB, he («'as . Røþamaj1, &'e were;

11 a6aþaj1, 3/e u'ere ; Haþadaj1, they :0ere. Or,

- j1«16 me, j*«ib tu, &c. . . ． -

Relatice.—Náć 11aiõ, that toas not.

* * Examples.—Ni ¡aþaf, / teas not; »n |*aõáis ?

or an raiö tu ?, æert tàou ? go ŀai5, that he

T�'(ⓇS. -

- Future.—The fixture is thē same as in the

:Indicative Mo6d ; as ní Ñïáè, 7 «ill mot be ; an

mbiaē Fu ? " «îlł tñonebe?é go mbtwèmaid, that

«e :çãl? be, &c. " Except in the relatřte form ;

as ań fe# máč,mbi•ò, the »nan that teill not be3

not “ máē mblas.” .. .. . -

CONDITHONAL. MOOD.

.* * * * * .. $ • •

Preterite.—DO čeinn, I «'ould be ; do Ñeičá,

thow zoouldest öe 3 do Beiò, hé * ?would be ; do

čejëmír, 10e cºuld be; do beifíê, ye teould be;

- gó¡ùeidír, they Ⓡºodá ðe;f : “: ]..． \ : * .«e *

: : Felatice.→-Ùo õetò, that would òe.: , , , ,

: :Fu#wre;-—Wanłidg. . . . . . . : * **. »

eonswwºrdvi*t-at.

.* * *

: . . ． : * *．: * * * * *** * * *

Thes= Examples are ivēn merely to show the 'karnerthe initial&#. pfoâticed by 'tñe conjuictions, that

. govern the subjuñctive hjood, \ , f .. - ` > : *-** *. . . . "

*

· · · · · · * -

+ we may also write, óeinn, \¡eiřá, Đeuê, &c.

without do. -

*12

coNSUETUDINAL ōr HABITUÁL Moon.

Presemt.–Bíòim, M usually am, or 1 use te

be; bíòij*, or bíõen tu, thou–; bí, or bíēen

sé, he– ; bímaid, tee–; bíčiò, 3/c–; bíd,

tñey usually are. ' " * * * * * * * * *

Iºelative.–Bhíèes, or Bís, that usually is ;

náć mbíòen, t/at usual!y is not. -

Ex.–?(n mbíēen sé ? does he usually be? ní

Bímaid, we usually are mot;º noëá mbíd, they

?qę0e** at?"e.

Preferite.—Do þínn, 1 used to be ; do 6í#á,

yow used to be; doþíòeë, he–; do Bímís, we–;

do Bířiè, 3/e–; do õídís, they used to be.

Åelatięē.—do Öíè, or do þíēeè, that used tobe.

Ex.–%n mbířá ? used 3you to be ?, ní Bídís,

they used mot to be ; náè mbínn, t/scd / not to

be ? - -

Future.–Wanting.-

-

*. . " :: ;» “.

. ． . . ... INFINITIvE MqOD. * * * *,*- *

Do Bei#, or õeič, to be ; iaj* mbeił, ha:řng

been, qfter being ; aij* ti Bei¢, aöout to öe, om ?ñe

point of being ; čum a čei¢, to be, ix order to be;

aip mbeič, om being, having: just mow òeeù $ 4G

beiř, being, &c.

% and do are often prefixed to the auxiliary

werb. % is used with the Present Tense Indi

cative; as a táim, I am. • Uo with the Preterite,

Indic. Condit. andConsuetudinal; as do Ñí me,

- . J &ºa$ ;

73 »

/ z'as; do Öeinn, Z (wôy(ld be ; do Bínn, 1 used

to be. "They are sometimes used as Relatives ;

as ań fe]* « tá, the ?mam (who is ; añ Öeii do bí,

the (00mam (who was.

The pronouns are emphatically added t• the

first form ; as táid siad, they are ; bíd s14d,

Wet them be.

′ There is another auxiliary verb, which is

used only in two Tenses of the Indicative, wiz, .

is, is ; bø, x'as.

is me, I am, or it is 1 ; is tu, ät is 3/0t¢ ; is

é, he äs, ’t ēs he ; is sinn,–siù,—siad, or iad.

· Ba me, I was, it was /; ba tu, sé, sinn, sib,

*iad. Ex.

* Js me ań fej*, 7 am the mam, i. e. it âs Y

zwho am tñe mam ; not w táim ań fej*. Bha j1í

*ñi]*« a n-'E1]#inn, an tan sin, there x'as aì»

3llustrìous kēng âm Wrelama!, at that time.

In these and the like cases, “ táim,” is rever

used. - -

Fa is often used-emphatically for þa ; as fa

Hí inšin aiî |1íš, she was tñe daughter 9f t/ie

#img. - -

· In old MSS, we find bai, bui, boi, uoi, writ.

ten for bq. - - - -

* * - - - . H Example

• #* ** * * * * - .. • • • .. *

74

Example of a Regular verb :

C6[«J141, I torment.

ACTIVE woICE.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

Present Temse.–Césaim, I tormen! 5 céraif,

thou tormentest ; césaíè, /ie tormemts, Césam

ard, or céram, tee–; césēaí, ye–; césaid,

.tkey–. ~ - * - «

Æelatřce.–Chésas, that tormemts,

Preteräte.–*Üo čéfar, / tormented; d0,

èésair, thou tormentedst; do ěés, he.tormented.

Do čésamaj*, or do čéss4m, we–; do césaõ4þ,

3/e–; do ěésadaj*, or čérrad. Or, do čér me,

tii, sé, rinn, &c.- -

Relatioe.–Chés. - -

Future.—Césfad, I will tor*me*ıt ; céffáij1,

tkou ; césfaiö, he. Cérfamaid, or céffam,

we; césfaíòe, 3/e; césfaid, t/«y. ~ Or, cérfaò

*ne, tu, sé, &c.

Åelatide.–Chéff«s, that zwill, tormemt.

IMPERATIVE MoOID.

Cés, tormemt thou; céswè, let kim tormemt.

Césam, let us ; césaièe, to7′memt 3/e ; césáid,

or césadír, let them ; ná céry do m0t tormemt,

$(c.. •

stxpjuncT ıw £

* Do may alsw be omitted througbout•

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD,

Present—Ní èéraim, &c. like the Indic.

Pres. Or, ní čésann tu, sé, sinn, siõ, si«d. ,

Relatioe.—Náć ccéráiin, or ccesaíė, that :

doth mot formnemt.

Preterite.—Níŀ ¢ér, or m#'èérme, &c. as ·

in the Indicative. - -

Relatięe.–Náþ čér, toño did mot tórment.

Yºuture.—NíČésfad, &c. as in the Indica

-šive. Césáõis poetical, and used only after a..

Negative; as rií èeraõ, I (9ill mot tormemt.

İRelatiōe.–Césfáò ; corruptly, cérfaė, in

- Munster.

cONDITIONAL MOOb.

Préterite.—Do &ésf•inn, 7 would torment ;

do čéffá, 'thou ; d0 čésfaē, ke. Do &ésf4

m«ír, or do čérf«iē sinn, we would tormemt ; do

èérfaièe, or do ęésfaiē fið, ye; do ěérfaidír»

'or dó &ésf&iè siad, tàey. . . . . .

İ?elafice.—Césfaè, tkał would łowºmemt. .

* ~ • • - →

Presem?.—Like the Present Sùbjünctive. .

Preterite,–Do ėépáinn, 7wšed to tormemt;

do ěésčá, 3/ow used–; do čésaò, he. Do

′ česamaír, (»e–; do čés«íòe, 3/e– ; do &és«ı

*ír, th«y. - -

Àelatřve.–Chéfaē, that used to torment.

H 2 i n#inřriv*

i

76

1NFINITIVE MOOD.

céraē, or do &ésa è, to torment; čum céraıō,

#o torment ; ai]1 ccésaē, 0m toìºmemtàng ; «G

césaè, tormenting. - * -

The warious modifications of time, may also

be accurately expressed by compound Tenses,

formed from the Auxiliary Werb, and the

Infinitive Mood of the Regular Verb. * Ex.

9;táin ag céfaò, I am tormenting, &c. Óí

me ag césaê. I was tormemting, &c. biaò me ag

césaê, I twill be tormenting, &c. bí ag césaë,

Betormentñng, &c. an jfui] me 4G césaò ? am I

70**memting ? &c. an jfaùas 4G césaò? was I

7ormemting ? &c. do Öeinn ag césaò, Mz'ould õe

formenting, &c. bíèim ag césaê, I am usually

fo*memting, &c. do Ñínn ag césaò, I used

fo be tormenting, $(c. do Úeić ag césaē, to be

forimenting, &c. And so through all the num

bers and persons. -

* a»

Tá me iaj' ccéraē, I am gfter tormenting,

' f hape tormented ; 6í me 1«j* ccés«ò, I had

tormented ; biaò me iaj' ccésaē, 7 will ñape

fo*memted, &c. through all the Tenses. -

tá me ag do′ a'césaê, Yamgoing to tormemt;

Bí me àg dof a' césaò, I wasgoing to torment»

8(c. through all the Tenses. -

• PASSIWPE WOICE.

INDIcATIvE MOOD. *

' ′′ Presêmt Temse.—Céstøj* me, I am just mow

tormented ; céstai′ ču, thou art, &c.. céstaI* é»

he ãs, &c. Céstay inn, we–; i6, 3/e— $ iad»

.—thęy. ．

* *

Relatìwe.—

77

Rèłäfiōe,—Cértaj*. In the Passive Voice .

the Relative Form is in every Tense like the

first Personal Singular; in other words, there

is no distinct Form peculiar to a Relative. .

dá ñie čéstá, 7áin'tor?méñted; ¢â ¢u,—sé,′,

–finn,–fiß,—~siad céstà.

Ăłelative.—Dá céstá... . -

Preterăe.–Üo céfaēme, ż &«'as tormented ; :

po césaò ču,—é, inn, iõ, i«d ; õrbíme défta ;

Bí tu céstá, &c. - -

#ºitture.—€ésf»íòer ne, õr céff8K me, î

^ &0il/6e tormemted ; £d, é, inn, ið, iàd ; 0r biäö ．

me césta, 7 twill be tormented, &c. césfaíèeþ, ,

or öl•r cérta, that tºil! ōe tormented. .

-

iMPÈRÅTIwg Meòd...

Cérta* řhè, ïet me öe tormented; cérta# ěu,

be th0w formemted; céstaf» é, ınn, ič, 14d.

šüBjÜNc'fìw# MiööD.:.

ThisMoadborrows itsTenses frdm the Indic-.

ative. Ex. Ní cés*aj* me, I am mot tormented;

ní** céfaē mie, M &'as *16! t6rihemted, &c. But it -

has alsb a set of Tenses fòriiied by the aid of

* the Auxilidry Werb. Èx. . ... * * *

Presemt.–-FuiJim cés:-4, .7 am torłmeñted, .

${c.

Prełerite.—Raõaf cérfá, 1 :das tõrmerted, .&c. . - - * -

H 3 × Future.-• -

78*

Future.–Biae césta, M will be tormented,

&c. .

* - CONDITIONAL MOOD.w

Preterite.–Do césfaíēe me, 7 «ould öe .

tormemted; ču, é, inn, iÑ, iad. . . . . ...

CONSUETUDINAL MóoD. -

Presemt.–Céstaj* me, ż am usualłytormert

ed ; ču, é, inn, iB, iad. -

Preterite.—Do céstaíēe me, I used to öe

&ormwmted ; tu, é, inn, &e.

INFINITIve MooD.

Do þeit cést4, to be tormented.

Bar#iciple.—Césta, tormented.

Compoumå Temses.

1 IN ID IC AT | V £ M O«O Dº,

Presext.—Tá *neiaj* mo čésaê, 7 hawe bee7z

formemted; tá. tu i«þ do &ésaē, 3/ou, &c. tá sé

iaj» M-4 čérøò, ke, 8(c. tá. sí ia� M-w cés«wê,

sbe, &c.. -

Bhí me iap mo čésaē, 7 ñad beem tormemted.

Biaò me' 1«p mo ¢ésaē, I shall kave beenłormęmtęd. - -

*. - - ་. *y11*13x.at1V\3

79

IMPERATIVE MOOD, .****

′ Bí i4j* do &és«ò, kawe öeem tormemted, i. e.

- ðe qfęer kawing beem, &c. -

sNBJUN€TIVE MOQD.

Present.—Fuiłinn iap mo čésaõ, ¥ ñape

* ïeem, &e. • -

Preferife.—-R«Ñas Iap mo ¢éraò, î fad been,

* 8(c. . . - - -

Future.—Biaē me iar mo ęésaē; 1 sñall

* kawe Beem, &c. - -

62@NIDITIONAL MOGD;

Preteriłe.—Bheinn 1ør*. mo čésaõ, J (001:!â

′ have beem, &c.

CONSUETUDINA1, MU)010; * *,

Presemt,–Bíòim iaþ no čéswè, 7 kawe usu

ally been, &c. *

Preterēte.—BhínN iap, ma čéráò, Z used.fo*

ñaye beem,&c,. - -

* .-

-

-

JFormatiom of the Temses,

A«C*TıVE- voICE, -

The Root, or Theme of the Werb, is föund

by cutting off the last syllable of the Present .

Indicative ; as goñ4im, .J woumd ; root, goñ ;

buarfim, 1 beat ; root, buai]'. From the root

are formed ałl the Tenses of the′Werb,

*. - The

***

80′

The termination of the 1št pers. Pres. Indic.

is «im, ór im ; 2nd, »1]*3 ór ij* ; 3rd, aiè, or 1ę.

1st, per. pl. maid, mid, or am; 2nd, £«í, ó* ¢í3

3rd, 4id, or id. Sometimes there is an epen

thesis of a ; as bag]* a:M, ż tłreátèm ; bagar ¢aí,

3/e threatem. Relative form, ¢ésàs, õuáijes.

The Preterite is formed by adding to the

root as or es, fòr the ıst pers., sing –for the

2nd, øir, or is ; the 3rd pers. sing. is čés, fie

*perple.zed ; Ñuai], he struck. . When there are

two consonants in the last syllable of the root,..

the.last of which is a liquid, there is an epen

thesis of 41 ; as laõ¡*wm3 # speak ; root, l«Bþ ; .

preter. JałÓ41]1, he sp0ke. 5oñ4ım, J &øoumd,

′makes pret, goiii, Åe wounded. The first pers.

pl, is formed by adding amaj» or sám; as ğoña

maj*. or şoñsam, čésamap or čéssam ; 2nd,

aþ«j* ; 3rd,.. ada]1 or sad: If the last wowel of

the root be 1, the 1st pers, sing. ends in es ; the

2nd in is. 1st pl. emaj* or sem ; 2nd, eõá# ;

3rd, edarř ; as ùt18ifes, Buaiłis; óūaifemar, .

&c. The Relative form is like the 3rd pers.

sing. -

The Future is formed by adding for the 1st

pers. sing. fad ; 2nd, faij* ; 3rd, faiò. 1st pl.

famaid or f«m ; 2nd, f*íòe ; 3rd, faid. If

the root be small, i. e. have 1 for the last vowe),

* the I titure terminates in fed, fij*, fi5, fèmñidor

fém, fíêe, fid ; as bu«iffed, łuaiřfi#, bùâiì

fić, &c. Peletřte°fórñí fermiiiates in fás or

fes ; as cérfar, goñf«r, buøiffef. '

... Sometimes

* *81 -

′ Sometimes f is not pronounced in common

conversation ; as déñaiò me, J zwill make, for

déiîfaiē me. This, corruption,' which is be

coming more general every day, ought to be

rejected ; the want of the f weakens the sound

of the word, and often occasions an hiatus and

uncertainty. - _- -

Werbs, of more than two syllables, which

end in íğım or qíšim, form the Future in eočad;

and the preceding vowel, if broad, suffers

attenuation, or c«elúšwò ; as benmaíšum, Z

bless; Future beinneočwd, I will öless; 0r

beinneoč«ò me. - »

Eiþíğım, I aräse, fut. .eij*eo&aò me, ox

eiþeočad ; foillsíšim, I show, fut. foillseočwd.

To these maybe added, innisim, I tell; imj*inn,

I play; fosglaim, I opem ; aićł*isim, I relate;

laijþaim, I speak ; codlaim, I sleep ; whicli

make in the future inneosad, .imeo]*wd, foir

ceolad, aičþeosad, laiõeo]*«d, coideolad. · ·

Relative form.—Beinneočws, inneos4s, im•

eoj*ør, &c. . * , . - - 3

IMPERATIvE MOOD.—The 2nd· pers. sing.

is the same as the 3rd pers. sing. of the Preter.

Indicative ; as cés, tormemt thou; goiii, wound

thou ; buai], strike tkou ; mell, deceive thou,

The: 3rd pers. sing. is formed by adding aò to

.the root; 1st pers. pl. «m; 2nd, •íōe; 3rd, *id.

If the root be small, these terminationsbecome

eē, em, íòe, id ; as buaifid, let them. strike;

not bu«ı\'aid. - -

8wnytynçrıw g

* G2

:SUBJUNCTºrwE MOOD.—The terminatioas o£

fhe Presemt fense are like those of the Pres.

Indic. The"Relative fòrfh adds ann to the

rdot, if 'broad ; 'enn, if small.

The Preteräte, is the same as in thie Indíc.

The Future, is the same as in the Indic. but

there is a second form for the 1st pers. sing.

ęi::. by adding að 'or eō to the root ; as goiiaB»

7 toil/:òoutmd ; cuiHeò, 7 %'ill put'; this fòrm is

used ofily with the hegative ní. ìnnufim,

ančrłirim, fósclaim, ifñþim, lałì#4ıfh, codlaim ;

make inne0s, aiējfeos, foirceol, imeòr, láiõ

eoji, coideol ; as ní inneor, 7 &0řl! ?wöt tell';

or ní hinmeoswd, or ní hinmeofáë me.

- The Relative Termination is f«è, not f4s.

“The Preterite Conditional, is fòrmed 'frořn

the Future Indiçative by °changing fad into

famn. The terráinationòf the ână pērs, sing.

is fá ; 3rd, faē. Istpers. pl. famaís ; 2nd,

faíēe ; 3rd, faièís. If the rootbe $*nal/; as

buaił, the terminatiöns are finn, fá, feè, *

femís, fiòe, fedís. When the Fature In&

eative takes′eo, the terminations of the Preter.

Condìt. are eočøinn, eoęá, e0ê«ò, eoēamaír,

'eoêaíde, eočøidís ; as beinneoč«inn, I æou/d.

řless ; inneosaimi, Ž «'oułd te/7; mneoj*ainn,

2 æoułd play. *. - -

CONSUETUDINAL Mōob.–The Preteriteºis

fõrmed froih the Condit. Potential, byomitting

f; in the?nd'pérs. 'sing. ¢ is substituted ; the

- terminatiofís

83

terminations then are Winm, čá, wö, amaír, &c.

or inn, čá, eò, emír, &c. if the root be smał/;

as buai]'inn, I used to beat. When the Preter.

Condit. is characterized by eo, the Pretre.

Consuet. is the same ; as beinneoêainn, I

twould bless, or used to bless.

The INFINITIVE is formed by adding aē.to.

the root; as cés-aim, M perpler, Infin. césaò.

If there be a diphthong õr triphthong in the.

root, whose last wowel is 1, it is usual to omit

the i in the Infin. as buai]'im, Infin. buafaò;

GI*aòuíšim, / lode, Infin. GI*aòúgaò ; loiscim,

J öurn, Infin. loscaü. When i is the only

vowel in the last syllable of the root, the Infin.

terminates in eē ; as bj*isim, I òreak; ičim, ·

I eat ; Infin. bþiseò, ičeò.. - -

• Some verbs have their Infinitive like the.

root; as caíò, to la?memt ; dej*mad, to meglect ; '

fás, to grow ; gaiþm, to cal/; ó], to drimk ;

r*uič, to rum ; smářh, to swim ; siuþa], to walk.

Some drop the i of the root ; as cuiþm, 7

put ; root, cuij1, Infin. cuj* ; so aïha]}c, to look;

fu′ang, to suffer ; gul, to weep ; léišes, to cure;

rcuj*, to cease. ^

Some add t to the root ; as ag«iþt or agþaõ,

to claām ; bagøij*t, or bøg#mò, to tkreatem ;

laBaij*t, or laõI*aò, to speak ; taõaij*t, to gioe.

Beij#im, ï bear, makes bł*eić ; imjhm, I play,

mij*t ; toñhl41m, Z eat, tomhailt. 。

Some add, aùiaıīi, 00′ eiñøiñ to the .root; as

- fañañ4iä, to remçãm; c«ìadh»jä» (0.say; gıīierh

*]ñ,

·

84

aiñ, to beget ; leñ«mhaiii, to follow; cailleiñaitł,

to lose. *

′ The following add ái] ; gaBá1], to take ; faš

ái], to find; fagõái], to leave ; tógõái], to l;fż

?ip. . - - -

Some add aïh or eih ; as caiēeñ, to spend;

déñañ, to do ; ascñath, to ascemd; feičeřh,. t•

%'ait ; tînscñañ, to begin ; sesafh, to stamd.

These have also regular Infinitives in aõ.

Some add aćt or ećt; as éistećt, to harkém ;

gluaiseēt, or glu«s aćt, to go ; m4]1cuíšećt, to

*ide. Tigim and imčiğim, make tečt, imčeēt.

. The following are formed irregularly : 14#

þaíò, to ask ; tuitem, to fall ; cantuiii, to say ;

faicsin, to see; maj*tain, to live ; tuigsin, to

umaerstamd ; géimniò, to l00 $ Goiñ, 07 Goñ«ò,

to woumd.

1PASSIVE \7 OICE. *

. The Presemt is formed by adding taj1, te¡*,

&aj* or čeþ to the root; as gont«]1, ùs &00umdcd;

buai]te}1, is beatem ; maþõ&ar, às killed.

The Preterite is formed by adding aò or eē.

The Future is formed by adding faj*, fe]1,

faíòej*, or fíòej*.; sometimes aj* ; as beihneo-" -

č4]1, zwill be blessed.

'The Preterite Conditional ends in faíēe, or

fíēe. - -

- The Preterite Habitual in t4í or tí.

- The:Â?articiple ends in t:4, &a, te, or če.: '

There

- - 85

• - - -

There is no distinction of number or person

in the tenses òf the Passive Voice, .and tlle

pronouns are always in the accusative case.

-

*

-

6**70rºsts

qf tbe Regwlar werö : Dwaaira,. I jb*t up, incl•te ; c¢*jug«ted tbrºugb Åío•d» «*a.

»remte:

acrrwr voIce.

* -

$imgula»r, * ~ Plural.

fndic. Frei , Dun-aim, air, aidh• amaid, thai, aid.

Pr¢t¢r• Dun-as, aìs, Dun. amar or gam, abhar, adar •r **4.

pixture.Dun-fad, fair, faidh, famaid or fam, faidhe, faid;

Impyr. Dwn, adh• - am, or amaid, aidhe»

ęonaji*. Dun-fainn, fa, fadh. farmaisy faidhe, faidis•

¢onjwat• Dwn-ainm, tha, adh• amais, ' aidhe, aidis»

łnfinit• Do dhuradh, chum durta, iar nduradh, &t,

- - • 1．

*PasSIrw* Voıcız, *

Imdšt: Pra7. Duntar ; Pret, Dunadh ; Future, Dwnfaidher, ør dunfar. Imperat.

P&ntar• Cønait, Dunfaidhe. 0wnwu¢t• Dwntai, , Infim, do bhtith durta, Participlf,

Đunta•

…* - -.

14risimh, 1 br¢a*•

--

- AcTrïwe woIce. •

singwi•r. Plu*at•

Mmaír• Pre1 • Bris-im, * ir, ídh. emaid, fhì»

Preter. Bris-es, is, Bris• emar or se*, ebhar,

*wfure. Bris-fed, Mr, fìdh • • femaig ør ferm, fidhe,

Imper. - Bris, edh, em, or emaid, ¡dhe,

c•ndít. " Brís-fìnn, fa, fedh, femais, fìdhe,

62on!ua*• Bris-inn, tha, edh. ennais. ^ idbe,

Inf¡nít. Do bhrisedh, chum briste, iar mbrisedh, &c•

passfv£ voice.

-

aid or 'aidis,

id•

edar ør şed,

ftd.

id 0r idis,

fìdfs •

*-ag

ìùì:•

M**di¢. Prer , Bríster ; Præ. Brisedh ; F:uture, Brisfidłer 9* b*¡sfer.

YSrłst«,-

~ *

- .*

Im!per.

Briater• C•ndit, Br¡*fiühe, convuet. Bristi. Iryìn, do»»»•** bmwwe, parıltiøie,

-

ł R REęd, LA*

v

-

-

*-*

-

-

86

irREGULAR VERBS.

The following Weibs are irregular, diz. dé

ñ«inn, gním, deij%ım, tiguM» té1òim, čím or

&íòim, čeiþim, beirim, cluiñim, fáš4Im, I1íšum.

ż)č11«J1/1, I make or do.

ACTIVE VOICE.

ISpicarrvE MooD–Present.—Déñaim, 7

3#k« or do ; déiiair, thou ; déñaiè, ñe $ déñº

fhaie, xe ; déñ¢aíè, ye; déñaid» tñºy.Relatipe,–Dhéñas, that doth. -

P,«ter¡te.—Do ïiiies, 7 dįd; Îiñir, thou 3

#iñ, he ; j¡iñemaÑ, or ¡iiisem, («'e; îiñeÐa]*»

gye ; ¡iñedaı1, or ¡iñred, they. - -

Relative.—Riñ. ． i

Or, Do èéiîas, I made ; òéñais, tñou ; èéiñ,

he ; òéiìamø]*, (0é 3 òéñaÐaj1,3/e; ōéiìada]*» they.

Or, òeiä me, tu, sé, sinN» &c.

Relatiçe.—Ühéiñ. -

Future.—Déñfad, / *il! make or do ; déñ

fair, thou; déiìfaiè, he ;déiîfamaid, or géñfam,

&»º ; déiîfaíòe, 3/e ; déñfaid» they, &c. Or',

•éiîfaò me, tu, &c.

. Relatřce,–Uhéñfar.

I»pfrativEM1ood.—Déiñ, make, ordo thº*3

•é¡iaê, let him; déñamaid, let (83 déiìøíòe, 3/e ;

séñaid, or déñaidís, let them» &c. Or, déiìwò sé,

tet bìm;déñwò sunny us ;—siõ,3/e;–siad» them.

。

SwsjtyN ¢T i v E

, 87

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, Presemt.—Ní èé¡iaim,

/ do mot make, or do, &c. as in the Indic. or ní

ēéiîann tu, sé, sinm, &c. -

Relatřce.—Náč ndéiîann, or náč ndéiii, t/iat

does mot make. -

Preterite.—Ní òeþñar, 1 dēd mot make;

èeþñais, tñou ; ëeijiia, /ie ; ěer，ñama], (0e $

deþìiaõ«]*, 3/e ; òeþñwda}}, t/«y, &c. Or, ní

òeþiia me, du, &c. -

Or, nír òéii»s, I did mot make, &c. as in the

" IIıdic. .．. -

Relatřce.—Náć ndej*ña, that did mot maãe,

or do.

Future.—Déñaõ, déñfad, or déñfa me, &c.

as in the Indic. but the Relative Form is déñ

fwē. - -

The rest of this verb is regular like Césaim,

except the INFINITIvE MOOD. Ex. -

, Do òéiîaē, or do èéiîai#i, to make or do;

ag déñwò, or déñaiń ; wij* tí déiîtw, or déiìñha ;

čum déiìta, or déñiña ; 1wj* ndéñaē, or ndéiìañ,

PASSIw E vOICE.

Déiäta]1 me, 7 am made, or tá me déiìta,

&c. -

T/O *1ïieò me, Ž («'as *made, 0r Bí me déiîta,

&c. * •

Déñf«j*, or déiîfaíòeþ me, I (•ill be made,

or biad me déñ-4, &c. -

Déiìt« |1 ču, be fhou made, or bí tu déiîta, &c.

`Déiîfaíò me, Â (6ould be made, &c.

I 2 Üéiîtaí

.．. 88 -

0éñtaí me, I used to be *made, &c.

0éiîta, 7made.

G11ÍM1, I do. " *

| Sním, I do ; gníj*, Gníē, Gnímíd, gníò&ıò,

gníèid, or gníd. Or, Gní mne, tu, &c..

Relative,–šhmíões, that doth.

Gnídís, they used to do ; gnítej*, às dome;

gnífej), twill öe dome. The rest is borrowed

from déiiøim.

Ž£I}1J1ł1, I Jay,

AcTIVE vOICE.

INDIcATIvE MooD–Present,–Deiþim, 7

say; deij*iþ, th0w ; deiþ, he ; deij*mid, we ;

deij*tíē, ye ; deij#id, th«y. Or, deij* me, tu,

• &c. % is often prefixed to the Pres.. and Pret.

as « deij*im, J say ; a dubøij*d, he said.

J?elatěce,–&% deij1, that says.

Preteräte.–Duēj1as, I saäd; du6þais, thou ;

dußwi]*t, he; dubj*ama]1, we 5 dub|*aþaj1, 3/e ;

duþj*«dwj1, th¢y. Or, duBaij1t me, tu, &c.

J?etatěce.–% dubaij1d, -

Future.–Ué|*fad, or déj*f«ò me, &c. like

cérf«d.

Iºelatřçe.—DéH fas, that tºill say.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.–?baij1, say thou ; ab

j*aò, let hàin ; abj*wmaid, or ab|*am, let us ;

abþaíēe, 3/e; abj*«id, or abþaidír, let them say.

StyB jv NcTtw r

89

SUBJUNCTTvE Mo@D.—Ní abhaim, 1 do *ıet

say ; abì*41]*, 07" abH 4nn tu, thou ; «bar]*

or abþann sé, he; ab]*amaid, or abj*am, zwe;

abþaíò, ye ; abj*aid, they.. Or, ní òeij*im, &c. .

Jºelatėoe.—Náē n-qb]* am, deı}}enn, ... deij1, .

øb41]*. --

Preterite.—Ní òu6þas, &c. as in the Indig. .

Future.—Ní òé|*fad, ëé|*f«ò me, or ëéþaõ, ,

&c. as in the Indic..

Relatřge.–Náē ndé|*faè.

CONDITIONAL MOOD

f4inn, Â (00uld say. -

CONSUETUDINALMOOD–Preřeräte.—Deiþ

inn, 7 used to say ; deij*čá, fhòu, SÇc.

"INFINITIVEMOOD.—Do ïáò,-to say; ag j*áò,•,

Sayēng; 41j% tí ]1áiò, or ]!áite, about to say. .

Preteräte.–Ùéþ- -

PASSIVE W OICE, .

Deiþčej*; is said.. %baj1ř«j4, le¢ it be said.

Dubþaò, z»as saēd.'. Dé|1faíèe, wºuld be said.

Dé|*f«p, will öe said. Deij*&í, used to be said. .

Ráite, saåd..

C]GI111, I: come.．. ,

ÍNDIEATIVE • MOOP-–Present.–Tigim, /;

come3 tigr]*, thou.; tig, ke; tigem«id, or tigem, ,

&0e ; tigříò, g/e ; :tigidf they.

Relatřge,—Thiges, that cometh;.

I 3 ; /Přefe*ēfé —..

-

90

Preferite.—TánGas, 7 came ; tángair, t#ou ; -

tánic, he ; dáncama}4, or dánwcs4m, &0e ; tán- -

cał34*, 3ye; táncat4]1, or tán4crød, th«y. Or,

. #ánic ne, tu, sé, &c.

Future.—Dîcfa e, 1 ¢#l come; –fáiï1, thou ;

–fáiē, he; –famard, or –fam, tºe; –faíòe,

gye; –faid, they. Or, tïcfaò me, tu, &c.

ARelatřde.–Th?cfar.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.—Taþ, or tig, come thort;

tigeē, let /ıàm come ; tigemaid, let us come ;

?igíò, 07" tagaíò, come 3/e 5 digid, or tigidís,

ùet them comne. Ná tig, do mot come, &c. -

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD–Bresemt.–Tigim, &c.

as in the Indic. or digenn tu,* sé, &c.

Relatřve.—Digenn, or tig ; as aïi fer náč

ttigenm, the man :»ło does mo! come ; is sinne

mᢠ-tig, àt is (we (ch0 do ?ı0t co7me. -

.Prefer(e.—Tángas, &c. as in the Indic. Or,

tánga me, tu, &c. as an tt%nga tu ? have3/ou.

co?me? -

Iºuture.—Dìcaù, tïcfad, or tîef wò me, &c.

J &9il/ c00me. -

Relatēve.—Nᢠttîcfaò.

CONDITIONAL MOOD—Preteräte.–Üo čîc

fainn, / q'ould come ; –fá, thou ; –faò, he ;

–famaír, a'e ; –faíēe, 3/e ; –faidír, thºy.

Ięelatiçe.—Thìcfwò. \

Co N8wsTwD ıNAr.

* We do not say tigenn me.

: 91

cqNstrETUDINAL MÍooD–Present.—Digim,

&c. like the present Subjunctive.

Preterite.—Do řiginn, I used to come; &ig¢á,

thou ; čigeè, he ; &igem4ír, (0e ; čigíòe, 3/e $

čigedaís, they.

INFINITIvE MOOD.—Dešt, or do čečt, to

come; ag tećt, or tíšečt, comâng ; 1wj* ttečd,

• /ıaving come, &c. -

T616J111, I go.

INDICATIwE–Presemt.–Téièim, 7 go ; té1

èij1, thou–; dé1ò, he–. Téiòmid, z0e; téièíē,

3ye ; téiòrd, they. Or, téid me, tu, sé, , &c.

kelative.—Thé1ões, that goes.

Preteräte.–Chuaòws, I («'emt ; čuaòais, tñow;

- ěu«1ē, ñe. Chuøma]1, (0e; ču«ð»*,3ye; čuadaj*,

th¢y. Or, čuaiō me, du, sé, &c.

\ Relative.—Chua1ò, that «'emł.

Future,–-Raćfad, or j*aēad, I toi/l go ; ra

čáiÍ*, thou ; j*aêaiē, ñe. Ráčwmaid, or ŀaêam,

ze'e ; # «čw1ē, 3/e ; ]fač«id, th¢y: Or, ]*øčw. me,

du, &c.

Relative.–ßaćfws, or j¡wčas, that will go.

IMPERATIVE.–]mčiš, go thou ; imč1šeò; im

čiš sé, or térò sé, let řim go, Jmēigmís,

imčišmid, imčig sinn, téiòmís, téiòmid, or

téiē sinn, let tts go ; imčige, or iïnčig siÐ,

go 3/e; imčišudís, imčiğıd, or imčig siad, let

them go. 1 -

Sw.bjv N cT 1wr:

. 92 -

*.

SUBJUNCTIVE—Presemt.—Ní &é1òim, &č. as

in the Indic.. or Ní čéiēemin tu, sé, sınn, &c.

Relative.—Náć ttéiö, or náć ttéiòenn,.tña¢

doth 70t go.

Preterite.—Ní òeêas, 7 did 7ıoł go; òečais,.

thou.; òečwıò, /ie. Ní čeč«m4]*, zºe; òeč«Baj*,

3/e ; òečwdø]*,. thęy. Or, ní òečaē me, &c.

Relative.—Náć ndeč4ò, that dial 7ıot go.

Future.—Ní j#wčad, &c.. as in the İndic..

Relative.—Náć þwēaò, that :øill m0t go..

CONDITIONAL MOOD Preterite.—Rqč

fáinn, / (00uld go; |*wčfá, thou ; Haêfaò, ñe.

Błačfamaís, &ce ; |1 aēfaíòe, 3/e ; J*ačfaidís,.

they. - • •

Relative.–Řačfaē, that wouldgo..

* CONSUETUDINAL—Fresemt.—Like the Pres.

Subjunctive..

Â?referite.—Théiòimn; I used togo ; čéiõčá,

tñou ; čéiòeē, he. Thé1òmís, we ; čéiöíòe, 3/e ;

čé1òidís, they. -

Relative.—Théiòeè, that used to go.

HNFINITIvE.–Dºimřećt, or dol, to go; ag

dol, dul, imčećt, * going,

*

Gł)Í111, 6r éÍòþil, 1. fee.

Active Voice.. . .

INDICATIVE–Â?resemt.—ChíòIm, ¢íē1þ, číò ;

č1òmid, číòčiē, číēid. Or, číò me, tu, &c.

Relative.–

93

Relative.—Chíēes.

Preterite.—Chonnañcas, 7saw;ėonnaþcair,

čonn«ij*c.* Chonncam«1, čonncabaj1, čonn

cada#. Or, čonnaij*c me, tu, sé, &c.

Relative.–Chonna1þc. . . - ,

Future.–Chíòfed, I :»ill see ; &íèfiH, číė

'feò. Chíòfem, or ěíèfemaid, č1èfíèe, číēfid.

Or, číòfeò me, tu, &c.

Relative.–-Chíèfes.

IMPERATIVE.—Féč, see thou ; féēaò, or fé

-ē41ò sé, le¢ köm see ; féčamaid, let us see ;

féčaíòe, see 3ye ; féč*idír, or féč4ıd, let

#ñem see.

SUBJUNCTIVE–Presemt.—Ní ¢aicim, r

do not see; faiciþ, faiceė. Ní #áicem4id, #•i

cøíòe, faıcıd. Or, Ní faıcenn tu, sé, suñn, &c.

Relative.—Náć ffaicenn, that doth mot see.

żPreferite.—Ní facas, I did not see ; facair,

Ⱥcaò. Ní facamar, facaBap, f•cadaj*. O*,

Ní faca me, tu, sé, &c. -

Relative.—Náć ff«caò, that dìd 7ıot see.

Future.—Ní faicfed, or ní føicfeò me,

&c, 7 twill mot see.

Belative.—Ná8 ff41cfeè, that will mot see.

CoNDITIONAL.—Faicfinn, M &«'ould " see;

F*"£F6» faicfeê.. Faicfemír, faicfíēe, or

faicfeò riõ, f41cfidís.

- Or,

* Ofter pronounced and writter čonnaic, even in tbę

dld MSS; -

*。

94

-~

secm.

* 0r, Cíòfinn, cíòfá, cíēfeë, &c.

Relative.—Faicfeò, that «'ould see.

CONSUETUDINAL.—Cíèinn, 7 used to see ;

cíòÈá, cíōeò ; cíòemaís, cíèiè, ciòidís.

Relative.—Chíēeò.

INFINITIVE.–Faicsiii, or d’faicsiñ, to see ; ag

faicsiñ, seeing.

Passive Voice.

INDICATIvE.–Chítej* me, / am seem; èíčer

¢u, é, inn, iB, 14d. Or, faicče]* me, &c.

Preteräte.—COmn«þcaò me, ču, é, &c. 10as

seem, or Commcwò me, &c.

Jºuture.—Cíòfej» me, ču, &c. 70ill be seem,

IMPERATIVE.—Faicčef» èu, é, &c. öe seem.

SUBJUNCTIVE–Present.—Ní faicčej# me,

&c. Iam mot seem.

Preterite.—Ní facaò me, ču, &c. was mot

$&6272. -

Future.—Ní fáicfej* me, &c. æill mot Üe

CONDITIONAL.—Faicfaíòe, &'ould be seen.

CONSUETUDINAr..—Faic#íë, o* cíētíè, used!

to če seem, *

Bheiþinn,

Bl)ęI1/1/1, I gite. -

Active Voice.

INDICATIVE—-Presemt.—Bheif*ım, J gàwe,

&c. like césøim. -

Preterite.—Thugas, 7gawe; or čug me, like

césar. z - *, -

Future.—Bhér*fad, or Úé¡*faö me, 7 wilż

gioe, &c. Or, tøB«j*fad, tïõþ«d, &c.

IMPERATIvE.—Tabaij*, gãoe tñou ; taB|*aõ.

Tabþamaid, ta6ï*aíòe, twþ|*aidís, or t«B}}aid.

Or, tug, tugaü. TugaMáid, tugaíêe, tugal

dís or tugøid. - -

SUBJUNCTIvE–Present,–Bheij*im, &c. Or

Beiþenn tu, sé, &c. - ′ . -

F}/ture–Relative.—Náē mbér*faê. The

rest as in the Indicative.

CONDITIONAL.–Bheiþfinn, tiubþainn, or

&a\ij*ainn, I would gřwe, &c. . -

CONSUETUDINAL.—-Bhei#inn, čug«INm, čoij1

þeiþinn or &qBr* ainn, J used togřve.

\ INFINITIVE.—Üo &aBaij*t, or èum taõ9]*ča,

to give ; ag toBwij*t, gēwing, &c.

Passive Voice. • . . . →

INDICATIVE–Present,–Beijfčeþ me, or

tucč4]*, &c. J am gēvem.

Preteräte,–

- ~*

~ *

96 - **

JPreterite.—Tugwē, &c. was gřgem.

Future,–Béþfwjł,. &c. or taWapfaþ, wilż

be gioem. - -

IMPERATIVE.–Tucčaþ, or beij*če¡*.

SUBJUNCTIVE.—Like the Indicative.

CONDITIONAL.–Béþfaíöe, or taõ4]*faíēe,

Tw0uld be, &c. . .

CONSUETUDINAL.—Beij*#íē, tucę«íē, or

tøB4]4č4íò, used to be givem.

INFINITIw F. ---Ùo Bei¢ tø64]*¢4, to be gētem.

bęI*¡i1, I öear, örigg fórtł, carry.

ACTIVE VOICE. -

INDICATIVE–Presemt.—Beijørm, 76ear; beı-*

þip, beij*. Beijimid, or beijfem, beiff&íò,

beiþid. Relative.–Bheijfes.

Preterite.–ßugar, I öore; ¡¡ugais, j#ug, &c.

0r, j¡ug me, tu, sé, &c. Relative.–jøug.

Future.–Bé|1fad, or béj*f« me, 7 tºilż

bear, &c. Relative.–Bhé]1fas.

IMPERATIvE—Beiþ, bear tñou ; beiþeō.

Beißem, or beij}mid, beiþíòe, bei¡*idír, ō*

beiþid. - - -

SUBJUNCTIwE–Â?resemt.—Ní Ñeij*Im, Ž do

70t bear; ní þeij*1j*, or Üeirenn tu, &c.

Relative.—Náć mbei*, or náć mbeij*enn, tàa¢

- dotfż.

97

doff not bear.Future.–Relative.–Náč mbé¡* -

faò ;–-the rest like the Indicati.çe.

Co::DITIONAL.–Béj1 finn, / would bear,

&c. - • .

CONSUETUDINAL.—Dé¡* ainn, I used to ōear,

&c. -

INFINITIVE.—Do þþeič, to bear ; ag bjieiř,

bearing ; 1«þ mb]1eič, hawing borm ; 41]* tí

Bj*eiř, aö0ut to ðear.

P,ASSIVE VOICKº.

INdicativE–Present.–Beijfęer nme, &c.

J am borm ; Pret. Rugad me, &c. I was borm ;

Fut. Beij*fer me, &c. 7 ıçãll be borm.

IMPERATIVE.—Beij1če}1 ču, &c. be thou bor77.

CoNDITIONAL.–Bé¡*faíēe me, 1 :could be »

born. - -

CONSUETUDINAL.–Bé¡*t a#ò me, 7 used to öe

borm. - -

CluJ11¡111, I Bear.

ACTIVE voICE.* *,

-

INDICA'fIWE–Present.–Cluiiium, M /«ear, &c.

JPreteräte.–Chua Tas, or ču«] a me, Z /ıeard.

Future.–-Cluiñfed, or cluiîife me, / wâ//,&c. - * -

IMPERATIVE.–Cluiñ, hear tkou.

Sw Bjd N c T i-v £.

K

98

SUBJUNCTIvE–Presert.–Cluiiienn tu, sé,

&c. Fut. I?el. Náč ccluıīifeò.

CoNDITIONAL.–Cluiñfinn, 7 would Åear.

CossuettDINAL.–Cluiñinn, 7 used to hear.

INFINITIv E, &c. Do čloistıii, to hear; ag

cloistiñ, or ag clos, hearing.

PASSIVE VOICE.

INDICATIVE.–Present. cluiñreþ me, &c. Z

am heard.–Pret. Cuaîaò, or cluiiieò, &«'as

heard.–Fut. Cluiñfe]*, :çill be heard.

IMPERATIVE.—Cluiïiteþ ču, be tñou heard.

CONDITIONAL.–Cluiiifíòe, would be ñeard.

CONSUETUDINAL.–Cluiñtíò, used to öe

heard. -

... PARTICIPLE.—Cluiñte, heard.

*Fáš&J111, I find.

ACTIVE VOICE.

: INDICATIVE–Presemt.–Fágaim, 7 find.

Preterite.—Fua}14s, or fuair me, 1 foumd.

Future.–Geõad, or geþwò me, Fuíšed, or

fuíšeò me, / will fºmd.

IMPERATIv E.–Fáiš, find thou ; fášaē. Fá

gam, or fašamaíd, fášaíë, fášaid, or fášai

dís.

-Sty B ju N ct I vs

-

99

SUBJUNCTIw E.—Ní fášaim, fuíšm, geþaim

1 da mot find. Relative.—Náć Ifášann, náč

pfuíšenn, or ná& nGeþann, that dotf» 7ıot fird.

Future.—Ní fáišed, ní šeþwd, or ní $uíšed,

&c. 7 «'àll not find.

CONDITIONAL.—Geòwinn, fáGainn, or fuí

Ginn, Â would find.

CONSUETUDINAL.–Geibinn, 7 used to find.

INFINITIv E.–0°#ášai], to fimd. Participle.

–3%g fáēá1], .finding.

- PASSIwE woICE,

Fáš#•11, or f]*1tej*, ïs found,

Fuwj*aē, f]*ičeò, or fï/it, was found.

Beiõej*, geõwj*, fþičfeþ, fuíğej*, fáiēfeþ,.

&9ill be foumd. -

Fašč»]*, be found. -

Geñfaíòe, fuíšfíòe, fáišfíòe, ':00uld Öe

* foumd. -

- 5eńêaíē, fuíščíè, fáščaíē, used to be foumd.

1?ÍšI*1, I reacb, arrite at, '

Rígim, 7 reach, &c. Relative,–Ríšes.

Ráñgws, I reached ; I*áñgais, tñou ; Háñic,

àe. Ráncàmaj*, (0e ; ]1ámewÐa}}, 3/e ; H1áñcø

ta |*, they. Or, I*1áčtas, Hº14čtaif, j1ıøēt, &c.'

0r, #áäic, &c. Or, j#iaēt me, tu, &c.

K.2 . JRíš;eº,

100 |

Ríšfed, I*14čtfad, 11íšfeò me, or þiać*fač

me, / will arrř:e at, &c.

* Ríš, reach thou ; |1íšeō, &c.

Ríšfınıi, ]11wčtfainn, I &'ould, &c.

Ríginn, I*iaćtaınn, / used, &c.

JRwčtáiñ, or J11aćtaiñ, to reack ; «G þočtwifi,

or j*iaćtaiii, reaching,

IMPERSONAL AND DEFECTIVE vERBs.

Cítej*, àt seems. ?%d cer, there :cas seen.

luøòt«]1, it is reported , luaò« õ, tz'as ; lu«3

far, twill be, &c, luaōfaíde, luøôt•íö, &c.

Do Juíē, he (0'emt ; do fód«þ, they wemf.

Do f«í, do fiaęt, ñe z0emt.

*2(d féd, ñe relates.

%s ber*t, he says ; as beñait, thęy Say.

%d þubø1]1t, he says ; ád 11ubh amaj*, %'e;

ad hub]*ad4]4, thęy ;–quite obsolete.

%j* sé, says he ; «I* sí, she; ai′ siad, 8ay tkey;

ar aii Öeii, says the womam, &c.

Ol sé, quoth he; ol sí, ol siad.

*?\d b4č, he died.

Co n-eþbailt, that he died.

Doþcaij*, fèe :«'as killed; to}}c#ataj*, tñęy «'ere

kål/cd. - ·

ADw £ rB8

101

A1)J7 EѺB$. » -

· .

-

ÀpwERBS are of different kinds, as Adverbs of

fà*me, Adverbs of place, Adverbs of quality, Šc.

We sha!! give here, for the convenience of the

learner, a list of Adverbs and adverbial i]xpres

sions that often occur, awd would recommend.

theim to be committed to memory. ·

V. B. Adjectives form Adverbia] expressions :

by adding go or co ; as fiþinneè, true ; go

*1jhinneē, truly ; i. e. according to [what is] ..

true ; Go #o iì1á ič, 5(ºy :: ell.

&6 ccéin, far off, at % muíš, aòroad, out of.

lemgt/. % n-«liód, formerły.

3% ccti«n, 6m. shore. 3« nºter, fìo»n #&e

3% clıoíōče, ×eçer. South. [ West.

% fočwij*, a/ong :cät/*. % m-ta |1, .from the

% *yd |}oıiñe, long be- &% n-iúrh, to-day.

fore. % n-«enfećt, at o72ce.

2 jf•d º; so, far fèence. &ánnamh, se/dom. - -

&{g Fo, /iere. 2(né, {y.

%g siñ, t/iere. % n-w!l, ox'er.

%g súd; 3/onder. &% n-ís, from be/ofw.

2(1ce, w n-w1ce, mear. % n-uws, from aö0we_

%m#iq 1], as. %n fad, &chã/st.

2( ïñáj*ač, /o-morr0:0. 2. n-uai¡1, when. .

3%1]* na iñá]fáč, 07» #/¡e & n-uaij′ siñ, them.

“**l0}”}'0«). 2nn so, herein. -

*2/mñlwò, so. ′?činn siii, thereñn, t/ie*,

Js arñlaiē, thus. ?{nn fúd, ân3/on place.

3, mo¢, ùı 07'der. %n dán, æñem. -

K 3 &%rñáıii,

*

* 102

*。

Fð ěú]', '

%ïhájiï, alome.

*&% n-o1]1, from the Tast.

% nonn ac«s a n-all, to

amd fro. [.fore.

2(ii lá Hoimhe, day be

&ánois, mo::'. -

% ngá}1, mear, hard by.

% noēt, to might.

3%ij) ais, back.

2ái}* ccú}, bac#, q::'ay.

2či*1 sòii, ěm behaff.

*&ij1 uaij*ib, at tímes. •

*% čua1ò, from the

Nort/l.

2 |1ís, again.

*¥ìféi}1, łast night.

% ttofa ¢, at first.

BeG náč, almost.

Bun os cinn, top$y fur

Ty. -

Ca ? :ç# ºre ?

Ca h-af ? ì tyhemce ?

Ca n-af ? } from icha! ?

Ca ñéid, hoz9 much ?

*() čéı}e, asumder.

Céna, already. [ p0se

Chuige so,for thispu7

Co nuige so, thus far.

Cïnus ? hó:0 ? …

C1a úinme? about what ?

O'oíòče, by 7ùght.

T)e ló, by day.

Ùo gnač, ałt£ays.

Côon, aòon, iõon, vàde

lěc¢/, that âs.

}^ - } back:«'ards

a d}1'u:m, *

ł a rcč, a part,

F» čó, t:wice.

Fa č}}í, t/»rice.

Fa ěeoiš, finally. -

Fad o fiñ, far öff from

tha?.

Fésda, hereafter.

Fo ělei#, prěci(y.

Fós, 3/e#, sti//, álso.

′?(čt fós, moreocer.

Sañ amh|*us,

Gaii čunntałówij*t, }

umdoubtedly. -

&% nga ]*, *migh, at hamd.

Go bþa ¢, for exer.

Go deimhin, surely.

Go follus, etìdemtły.

Go fóil, yet.

Go huiliôe, enfire/y.

Go hîmlán, fułly, co*ı

pletely. -

Go leič, aside, harkee.

Go luač, hastily.

Go lór1, emougf.

Go mai#, twell.

Go ï1o iiiai¢, texywel!.

Go moè, early. -

Go muiiic, 0fìem.

Go mall, slox'ly. [etly.

Go socaiþ, easē/y, qui

Jná, than. -

Jnnus go, îm order that.

}moþ}}o, m07'eot'er.

}te, i°e, fiere are, vide

bicet. -[qfter.

] ar*amh, *moreoter, /łere

Go léir, emtire/y.

Leis so, /ieretwıt/*.

O foim » leič, since.:

%$»¡*,

103

%$4þ, a$. - O foiii 4mač, tkemes

%Sa]1 so, thus. Æ'，" -

%84]* siii, as that, so. O foiñ, themce.

%aj' an ccéòiîa, like- Su«s, upwards.

Z£92.$é. ′ Tamall, a :while.

&Sa+ «en, together. %n tan, (0/iem. [der.

&80č, early. [mammer. Tall, &all, bºyond,3yom

&%]* añ móò fo, àn this T«eB aftiš, withàn, in

Dá}} móò, ö£yomd mea- sidé. ′ [outside.

sure. [broad. T«eb amuíš, (without,

% muíš, wi#hout, a- The siii, therefore.

Go mó]1ñó}1, especàt!ly. Taj*, ra/her t/ıam, aboce.

Namá, alo7e, om/y. Fa tuaij11m, tozwards.

No, or ; no go, umtål. Thuas, above, a/ºft.

”N uai}1, whem. . Tuille ei]e, 77moreo0er.

'0, seeing tłat, sïnce. lJime, uime siii, there~

Os á}*d, a/oud, puōlic!y. fore.

Os isîl, softly, prätatë- Conwē-aiþesiii ì there

\y. Coniò-défiii, }fore..3% |*ís, again. [bot'e. l]mopj*o, moreower.

Seč, r'ather, ögfore, a

•

=>eosȍec=*----

PREPO$'ITIONS.

Proper Prepositions.

%, â?. Fa, up0m, for.

%G, at. - > Fuíē, fo, umder.

%1]1, 0m. Gaii, (0it/ıout.

%nn, âm. Go, Guf, to.

%s, out ºf Ja]*, qfter.

De, '0f, by. lé, leur, &wäth.

U)o, #o. &$«j*, like to:

6).

10* -

{D, from. Seč,în comparisom 70itf,

Os, abot'e. &¢ithout, except.

Ré, His, to. Taj*, 0::er, across.

R1w, bçföre, \ Tjře, through.

Roimh, before. -

Improper Prepositions. "

2(1þ ttús, ēn the bºgin- gen. diag, déš, 0* de

7ıing of. Gad, like c]1é, g!eo ;

2(ir feò, ì through, lıence the Adverb fa

%ij* fad, } throughout. òeoiš, finally.

2(1j* fon, for the Sake0f. % mesc, amông.

%ir, ccúì, behind. % ndiaiš, dffer.

*?( jfoč«I|1, ałong wâ#h. 8% n-wšá1ò, against, ärz

% }a čw1j*, än presemce the.face 0f.

{f, 2 tt«eñ, 0f, comcerming.

3% ndiaiš, gffer. Chum, do &um, to, u?wto.

% ndéiš, These De j¡éił1, according to.

2 ndegaiè, ) are all D°inms« rè, fotcards.

JDative Cases of dé, or

dég, am emd, comSe- .

yuemce ; which makes

&{}f1wònuis, ěm presemce

{f.

Oscenn, os cinn, aöote.

**.De and do have long been confounded

** together, both being written do. It can

** hardly be supposed that the composite words

** dím, 0f me, or @ffºme ; dít, dínn, &c, would

** have been distinguished from daïh, fo ?me;

“ duit, dúinn, &c. by orthography, pronunci

** tion, au.d signification ; if the prepositions,

** as well as the pronouns, which enter into the

** composition of these words, had been origi

* nally the sanıe. In dím, &c. the Initial

** Consonant

*

105

3

**

** Cons0nantis alwaysfollowedby asmal/Wowel.

** In damh, &c. with One exception, it is followed

** by a broad Vowel.–Hence, it is presuniable,

** that the Preposition, which is the root of

** dím, must have had a smal/ Wowel after d ;

** whereas the root of daih, dult, &c. has a

«« broad Vowel after d. These facts afford

** more than a presumption that the true roqt

** of the composite dím, &c. is de, and that it

** signifies 0f. I have, therefore, ventured to

** separate it from do, with which it has been

** confounded, and to assign to each its appro

** priate meaning.” In corroboration of this,

MIr. Stewart's, Hypothesis ; I have frequently

met de in old MSS, I have, therefore, adopted

it in its proper place,

:

*-*=*ę8969êeę=-→

XNTERJE627YOAW.5.

Oč ! uć ! děán ! alas !

%0 &þuaiše ! a'0e's 7me !

Fa |*«ej* ! alas !

%$aiþg ! w0e !

Féč ! behold / ło !

*E1st ! hush ! listen !

&0 ñáiþe ! shame ! J3y !

c0MYUN′c2′r0xs.

cONyUVCTYONs.

3%cws, 4Gus, ′ar, is, Ní, ná, *mot. [öecause.

and. 'O, seeing that, since,

%čt, ač, but. Jná, ’ná, than.

%Sa, ěf. No, or.

%n ? «j* * :whether, Sul, b{fore.

&ÀELIC

GAELIC GRAMMAR.

—w\\\\*

PA R7^ III.

-w\\\\\=

-á

*

OF SY′VTAX.

Chapter I. Qf Concord.

& 1. "

~ Rule, 1.—The Article agrees with its Notin,

in Gender, Number, and Case ; and is plaeed

before it and next to it, except when an Ad

jective intervenes, Ex. %ñ fe]1, the mam ; na

fi¡1, the mem. The initial changes produced

by the Article, have been already explained

in page 17: and here note, that Adjectives

preceded by the Article, suffer the same initial

changes and accidents as Nouns: Ex. aii

t-óg-fe]4, the young mam ; añ óš-ôeñ, the youmg

&ºoman : not aiì t-óg-õeñ; because here the

Adjective is prefixed to a f«minime Noun.

2.—The

108

2.—The Article is prefixed to proper names

of Rivers, and to Adjectives used substantively;

asañ tSınnan, the $hammon ; na boiēt, t/ie *

{000r. -

3.–When two substantives come together,

one governing the other in the Genitive, the

Article is joined to the latter only, although

both be limited in signification ; as mac wii

Ðá1}*d, the som 9f the bard : not aiî mac wii Báij1 d.

And is used even when there is no′Article ex

pressed in English ; as a dá sé anois a pPaj1ís,

aj*dćwčaij* n« F¡*øince, ñe is mow âm Paris, (the)

capital city of France ; rather than ań a#dęa

&aij*, &c. čonnaij*c me Uilliam aćaij* hSémuis,

J saw William, (the) .father of James : not añ

aćaij* hSémuis. Rí na *íš, kēng of kings ;

tíše þna ma ttíšej*maò, lord 0f lords; mait

eiìiñas na ppecáē, forgit'emess 0f sins : except

wheré the two Nouns form a kind of compound

term, or denote only 9ne complex object; as

aes cluił, musiciams; aiì fe]1-faij*e, tñe

*'atchmam. When the Noun governed, is a

. proper name, the Article is entirely omitted ;

as teć Fhéı]um, the house of Feiłim : not teč

aiî Fhéi]'im ; nor añ teć Fhéiìim.

4.—A possessive Pronoun joined to theNoun

gotermed, excludes the Article from the Noun

gocerming ; as obaip õúþ láth, the work ºf 3/our

/iamds : not ań obaij), &c.

5. The

1 039

5.-–The Article is onnitted after a, àn ; as a

mbłiašaiïi d'aís a|* tDíše}{na, łn (the) year

ºf t/ie age 0f our / ord : not a «ñ mbłıagaiii ; .

*ı0r ann am b]'iašaiii, as the Scotch say.

6.—TPhere is no Article in the Gaelic, an

swering to the English a ; but .to express a

king, a dařighter, a son, we simp'y say |1í,

anšeiì, ma2. Where the personal Pronouns, 7,

thou, ke, tę'e, &c. occur in the sentence, the Ar

tic!e a is expressed by the compound Pronouns,

«m, «d, ºn-á, &c. and the Noun or Adjective

is put in the Dative case : Iºx. Biaē me am

«aþaid *. i7, I tºill be a f¡'iemd to 3/0u ; bia &

sé ºn-w iiaihaid ěañh, he z'il! be an ememy to *ne.

See this more fully elucidated under the

head of ProııounS.

For Rules 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, see 17 and 18.

& 2.

13,–An Adjective agrees with its Nōun in

Gender, Number, and Case ; as fe]1 mó}1, (t

large mam ; aii fir şıói}}, ºf tłe /arge mar ;

flat še], a white rod ; do°iì tslwit śl ", to the

:white rod : and is usually plaoed gfłer t}.e

Noun, except they be in different clauses ; or

one in the subject, and the other in the predi

cate of a proposition ; as is gł1c áiì duiiie ]

fiñ, that is a ùºise mam ; d}uaś lem, a ėomfá;ñ.

d• èo;1, said to 7ne, my companiom, is t/3/ case.

L - 14.—W′lien

1 1 ()

14.–When the Adjective is in the predicate

of a proposition, and the Noun in the subject,

the Adjective,Verb and Noun do notnecessarily

agree in Gender, Number, or Case ; as a tá

haičent«-s« uiÈe firàmmech, ps. l 18. Tá neığı,

acas táFøfh lám d” 4 mhó]*òwčt ; « tá do ¡¡ečt«

cęr£. -

15.–When the Adjective serves to modi¡y

the Verö, it does not agreeº!n Gender, Num

ber, or Case, with the Noun ; as do jìiii me

«ñ sciaiì géj*, I made the kmįfe sharp. Here

the Adjective does not agree with the Noun,

for it modifies not the Noun, but the *Verb ; and

the expression is equivalent to Ž sharpened the

/ nęfe. But to express / 7made fàe sharp Å«nęfe,

we say do ¡iñ me «ñ sciañ šé|* : wherein the

Adjective agrees with the Noun, for it modifies

the Noun, distinguishing that kräfe from others,

and consequently is written, in the Feminine

Gender, to agree with sciáiî. - -

16,–Some Adjectives, of one syllable, as

deš, good ; dì10č, Öad ; señ, ołd; óg, 3young ;

nuaò, 7ıez»; are usually placed before their

Nouns ; as deš òuiïie, a g00d ?mam. Such

Adjectives, so placed before their Nouns,

often combine with them, so as to be considered

rather as one complex term than two distinct

words ; as ógfe]1, a you?g ma?ı.

*

17.–A Noun,Verb, or Adjective, preceded

hy an Adjective or Pr« position, suffers initial

aspiration ;

1 1 1

aspiraþion ; as mó]1-ïheîimñač, high-spřrited ;

drom-òuaiÑm, 7 bagt søre; edwj*-folus, t:»ė

light. But a Noun, beginning with a Lingual,

preceded by an Adjective ending in n, is in

the primary form ; as aeiì duiiie, ome mam.

18.–An Adjective beginng with a Lingual,

and preceded by a Noun terminating in a.

Lingual, retains its primary form in all the sir

gular cases ; as aij* « čois deis, om his right

Jöot : not aij* a čois òeis.

19.—Numerals, whether Cardinal or Ordina],

tO which add îm» ð, many ; gač, every ; noj*án,

7nary ; be5án, lētéłc ; aıºc placcå before their

Nouns ; as tj*í meoij*, three fingers ; afi tþes

lá, the third day,~-But we say dá fáiřh dég,

tz'elve hamds; sećt j;ij* dég, seventeem Mnem ; sè

ft]* «:j* #ičit, twemty-siz mem, &c, placing the

' Nouim between the Numerals. ^

20.–\`hen the Numerals, dá, two ; fiče,

t:«'emty; cétt, a ñundred ; míÈe, a tkousamd ;

are prefixed to a Noun, the Noun and Article

are not put in the plural, but in the singular

number. The termination ofaNoun in the Nom.

Dat. Accus. and Woc. preceded by dá, t:00 ; is

the same with that of the Drtiye Singułar ; as

dá čois, t:co feet; dá ]áiïh, t:»o fiaras ; dá fáimh

aij* #ičit, t:wenty-fæo hands ; dá čoiñ dég,

ttºełte greyhounds.” When preceded by fiče,

cétt, mí}e, the termination is that of the No

L 2 , * minative

1 12 。

wiimatiye Singu'ar; as f#če lář, f:，'emty hamds ;

cé¡t fe#, a humdred 7nem ; míìe bJiwš4ıīi, a

łhousamd 3/ears. Tłie termination of the Gen

itive, preceded by dá, cétt, &c. is the same as

the gen. plur.* as aiì dá čois, the t¢'o feet ; añ

dá čos, of th.: t:0o feet. So méid mo ěá İáiñ,

the size 0f my ttco ñamds; bá1]1]* «ñ dá člu& F,

the tops 0f tùe t:co ears ; fij* áiì dá õañ, the

husbamds 0f the t:©0 :«'0mem. -

.The Aõjective connected with the Noun,

ï s put in the plural ; as dá 1« sc þeGw, t¢'o

small fishes; dá čoiñ luařa, ti&'o s:«'ft gr«y

hounds ; aii dá ja fc þcg, gf the tºo small fishes.

This reniarkable exception to tìie gencraf

use of the singu'ar and plural numbers, oc

casioned C*Mulloy and others to suppose that

there was a Dua! number in Gae!ic. In the

Hebrew, Persian, and Arabic, we find a Nown

in the singular number, joined with the nu

merals tw'emty, thřrty, a humalred, t! thousamd,

&c. and the French say, cigmt et un ecu, tęemy

: amd ome crox0m.

$ 3.

21.–A Pronoun agrees with its Antecedent

in Gender, Number, and Case.f**

** * - 22.—If

* Mr. Stewart-thought that there was no variation df case

admissible in such imstance5.

+ Fronouns, except +crwxalf, have mo distirctien c&ęq*e,

1 l 3 *

*

22.–If the Antecedent be a sentence, or

clause of a sentence, the Pronoun agreeing »

with it, must be of the third person ; as ba

mise a čwj1w, «cas ní]* wifiiig sé é, / &'as hàs

friend, amd /ıe dęd 7mot #m0:0 ât ; do } aþwij* go

maić oþm, aca F j¡ugas buíòeć as do «ij*, he

spoke :cel/ ºf me, and I thamked him for it.

23.–If the Antecedentbe a collectiveNoun,

as sluw š, Juēt, dþong, d]1em, the Pronoun is

of the 3rd"Pers, P!ur. as ėonnaijic me añ sluaš,

acas ba hïmēa iad, / saw tñe host, amd tlyey

gcere numerous.

24.—An Interrogative combined with a Per

sonal Pronoun, asks a question .without the

interwention of the Swbstantive Verb ; as «n é

siñ do ča |1 w ? îs àe 3/our: friend ? an mise »

dußwijýt é ? is àt I saåd i¢.

n - \ 4.

25.—A Ver}) agrees with its Nominative in

Number and Person ;* and the Nomihative,

whether Noun or Pronoun, is ordinarily placed

after the Verb ; as foilifíšid na f] aičis gÈóip

L 3 Oé

*

* Iıy the Scoteh Dialect, ** as the Verb has no variat#on of

fºrm correspcnding to the Pcrson or Number of its No

iııir:ativ« , the coinnexion between a Verb and its Nominative,

can be ıııarked ºn#y by its colløcatì «*. Litt:e wariety, there

fore, is allcwed in this respect.” Stewart. From this,

then, we may faęrly cenclude that the Scotch Dialect p2sšt s

sęs but little df the perspicuity of the Mother 'Y'ongue.

] 1 4

Ùé t aisbenaid na spéij11š ob«1]* a îáiñ, the

/ffeqxems declare the głoxy 0f (God, t/ie spfieres

sñcto the :cork ºf his hamds. Bídís bria&|14

mo Öéi], aca s fmuained mo čj*oíòe inšaÑřa

«d fa¢aij*, let the x'ords of 7y *nouth, amd

the thoughts of my heart be acceptable im fñy

presemce. Jnnad-sa do čui]*edar aj* n-aiº;fe

a ndóig, âm thee have our fathers put theàr

trust. If the Nominative be a Noum of mul

fētude, the Verb is put in the plural ; as áit a

+*aBad«** añ Fhian, the place where the Fian

:eere, that is, the Fenian host.

In poetry, or poetical stile, where inversion

is allowed, the Nominative is sometiumes płaced

before the Verb ; as

Teij*ce, daíjise, dıt ana

P}aê4, coG*w , congwfa,

Dimbuaiò ca *a, ga}*ò-fíïi, goid

Tþe an}fí¡* F fač« f«soid.

T.:M1#Dàire.

Pearth, want, and famine, ghasthy stalk

around, /

And Rapine's voice is heard with horrid sound;

Pl:igue, war, and blood, disaster and defeat,

The rage of elements, tbe crush of fate ;

The bane of Anarchy,—destructive train,

Sprung from the Monarch's crimes, assume the

rein !

Literally.–Wanf, dearth, scarcity of provisi

on, .plagùes, wars, conflicts, defeat in battle,

inclement

/ I 15

inclement weather, rapine, from the unworthi

ness of a prince do spring.

So in the Annalsfrequently; as Cliiain fe|**a

do fočúšaò le & «eiń Bþennaın, C/oigfert (x'as

founded by 8aim/ Bremmam. Annals of Donegal,

553. Cá1]*b]1e mac Co]*maic |1íš laigen do

ég, Caröry, t/įe som 9f Cormac, king of I.eìmster

died. Id. 546.

The Nominative precedes the Verb in the

Relative form ; as aiì feł* čreides, the mam

tñat öelieces. But the real Nomainative is a, who;

elegantly omitted.–The Relative form is used

often in narration, wlıere no IRelative is under

stood. • * - - -

When a Personal Pronoun is a Nominative

to the Werb, the Werb is put in the 3rd Pers.

Sing. and admits of no variation of form, as tá

me, I am ; tá siad, they are. But I think this

nıode of expression, which, though now helà.

very correct, is not three centuries in use, was

first introduced by ignorant persons, who found

it perhaps too difìicult or troublesome to re

member the regular inflections of the Werb.*

The Infinitive Mood, with the preposition do,

expressed or understood, always follows the

Nominative, except in poetry or poetical stile;

and when there is no Nominative, the Infinitive

is in the end of the sentence ; as acas ní¡*

b’éidi}*

* This corruption (if such) has undoubteō]y become ge

neral within the two last ceíıturies ; but whât iº ary ône

would venture to say in ¡nglish, I ¡, gpe ºr, tä«y i, ? Thoug!»

*we qwa*» x64 twar, tñ«y gwa:, is becoùiw.g ❤¢ry general,

*

' 1 16

'éidi]* le h«en-irdùiñe f}}egH« 4 iþ bi¢ do

taùwijft 41]*, acas níï* Fath aen-meć o'ii lá-soiñ

ru•is míō 41* bić d' #ia f]1 uíš òe, and mo *nan

te'as aò/e to give /àim axy amsyer, amd fì'om tha!

day forth, mo ome darcd to ask him a»y thing.

26.—Where there are two or more Nomina

rives, the Verb agrees in number with the

nearest ; as do þí ann Oisíñ, Goll, acøs Oscaj*,

-0:3ám, Goll, amd Oscar ::'ere there.

27.—The Accusative case, even in poetry

or iımpassioned narrative, is never placed be

tween the Verb and its Nominative, without

aitering the sense. ** Hence the arrangement of

tìle fo!!owing passage is incorrect : šab dom

bîas acas fíngéþ iad, they took (pine amd ga!!.

Br;chán”s, Gal. Poems, Edin. 1767, p. 14. It

cºght to have been Gaß iad domblaf, &c.”

Stewarf. But Mr. Stewart is wrºng in sup

posing the following sentence from the Irish

version of the New Testament to be incorrect :

Do šaõ dj*uaiše 'Jfa òói6, the meaning is not,

Jesus took pity om themn, but, pity seüzed Jesu:s

.for them. Mat. xx. 34. Again, Luke, xi. 14.

Do ša6 imgñwò ań sluag, pi:y seēzed the mttl

titude, not, t/ie multitude fook pity. Here

imgñaò amd tì1uaiše are NominativeS ; 'Js*

änd sluag Accusatives.

28.—The Auxiliary Werb is often elegantly

omitted ; as 'O1j) (is) éifiñ wj1 nDıa, for he (is)

our Gça!.

$ 5.

} i 7

& ö.- * -

29.—Nouns, denoting tiie same object, and

related alike to the governing word, shouid

agree in Case ; as Dončaò, mac Dofhnaiil, ñic

3%eò4, ùhic Eoin, Domough, som 0f ID0mald, Som

ºf I#ugh, som of John. SHu, mác EFI*u, iìiic

5aíòil a# seiia¢a ¡1, $ru, som 0f ͺsru, som 0f

Gaedhal our amcestor ; not seña Ēaij*.

This Rule, obvious amd natural as it is, is, at

the present day, not umįform/:(y observed,

except in Genealogical Tables,

cHAP, II.

0f Governmemf,

$ 1,

Rule, 30.—ONE Noun governs another ir

the Geimitive ; as Solus na gréiïie, the light

of the sun ; Féis Demhþ ač, the Comwemfiom gf

Tara. The Infinitives of Transitive Verbs,

beingthemselvesNouns, govern, in like manner,

the Genitive of their object ; as «g imij*t

fuččille, playing chéss, i. e. /`at t/ie/ playing

(′of / chess ; 1øH ngoiii • ñaihad, qfęer («'oumding

(of) /iäs ememy ; s«ej» déiìrha carbad, a chariot

0maker, i. e. a man /0f) making /of) chariots ;

}u&¢ f]*ičoilte, attemálan/s, ě, e. people ofatten

dance ;

118

dance ; lućt bþisiò (or b#iste) na haićñe,

breakers 0f the commandment, i. e. people (ºof)

breaking (0fthe) commandment; q1j* tí buaìta,

about to strike, â. e. ox the p0int of striköng.

31.–Proper names of the Masculine Gen

der are in the aspirate form ; as deč Fhéilim,

the house of Feilim ; b}*« č«1}* Ùhorñnaill,

ADoma!d”s brother.; clann Uhom#inaill, Domald's

de $cemdamts, I$xcept where two Palatals come

together ; as mac Cuiña1}, Cumhal's som.

& 2. . . 。

32.–Adjectives, signifying skill or know

ledge, require a Dative Case governed by the

Preposition 41]* ; as maić •ij* #4114jøge, e.rpe

*i«mced în sea qffairs ; eoł4ć «ij* ě\'íše, skíl/, d»

'àm la:»',

Some have a Dative gowerred by de ; as

Ján d'uøñainn, full of fear, -

33.–The first Comparative takes the Par

ticle iná or ºná, tham ; before the following

Noun, as duiñe is nej*třhaij1e “na é, a *faºm

s/romger t/an him ; or, emphaticaliy, duiiie inís

ner trñai}1e 'ná é, or daiñe bus neiftiñaire

*ná é, Where there is an interrogation, the

substantive Werb is elegantly omitted ; as an

mó dura °ná ′3(b}1aham ? (art) tho« gºreařer

t#am A6rahaw7 ?

34.—The second Comparative rever admits

ef°ná, ijiam, before the Noun, and is used 0nîy

- in

119

-

in such cases as the following, piz, ní fei¡}}ide

me siñ, I am mof the öetter of t/a#; ní misde

me an tuitim *1ì, Z am not t/ie &'o?"se for thaí

.fall.

Ní t#uımıde loć an láča,

Ní t#uimid' 88 a *¡1íaii,

Ní t}1wim!de c«e¡14 a holann,

*S ní t¡**ımıde co!ann cí al].

The bit's no burden to the foaming steed,

Nor are their fleeqes to the wooily breed ;

The lake, with ease, can bear the swimming

kind, -

Nor is good Sense a burden to the mind.

Literally.–Thelake is not the more weighty

for the duck, the horse is not the heavier for

his bridle, the sheÇp is not heavier for its wool,

and the body is not the weightier for under

standing. -

But we never say, t}#ujmjde 'ná, «eightier

tham, &c.

Super}atives are construed thus : Laeć is

neþtihajj*c de 'ii Fhčin, the stromgest hero 9f

the Femiam fiost ; fá hć do b' #ej*j* díÐ uiłe,*

*f:ças :ças !)25t ºf them all. -

35.—Tþe Numerais qen, ome; dá, t&00; ca.x:se

Aspiration ; as «er čos, ome .fooć ; dá čois, f:，'o

.feet.–Tï1í, ce!*¡fe, cúig, sé, f1če, t]1úč«TT,

ceè}{ ačatt, cétt, &c. and al! the Ordinals will

have

l 20

have the Noun in its Primary form ; as t#í

cosa, three feet $ ceič}}e fi}*, four *men, &c.

Seēt, cčr, noí, deič, cause Eclipsis ; as sećt

mbái]1d, set'em bards ; Očt cca &a, eight battles,

${c. -

36 –\Where there are twoor moreNumerals,

the Noun is placed immediately after the first ;

as dá čoin dég, t:«'elve greyhounds ; cei#He

fï]* dég aij* #ièid, tñirty:four **ten.

& 3. " ,

37.—The Pronouns, mo, *my ; do, tñy; a,

ñis; cause Aspiration ; as mo čenn, my head;

do čos, thy foof ; a Fáiñ, his /iamd. · &80,

Joses o before a Wowel or # ; as m'a°air, my

fat/ier ; m°fui], ?ny blood. Ùo, in the jike

cases, having dropt o, is changed into t or

even h ; as t'aiiina, or haiiim, thy mame ; t°fe]1,

3your husband. -

38.—%, her ; requires the Noun to be in

1}he Primary form ; as « ma c, her som ; and

before a Vowel takes h ; as q ha iiim, her" mame.

39.–%H, our ; þùr, 3/0mtr ; a, their ; cause

Fcłipsis; as a j* nguais, 6ur damger; Öu]: ccofa,

your feet ; a cclann, their c#ildrem ; and before

a Vowe] take n ; as a #* n-a*wi}}, otr father ; w

n-aišče, their fitces. -

~ 40.—A Pre

-

*

- *

…

* *

~ 121

40.—A Preposition, ending with a Vowe],

requires n to be prefixed to a, his, her, their ;

as le n-4 fáimh, toith his ñamd; so, co n-a,

70ith ñis, ñer, tñcàr ; t]*e n-«, ó n-4, þe n-a,

&c.

41.—The compound possessive Pronouns,

cause Aspiration and Ecłipsis in the same

cases as their Primitives ; and also require a

Dative Case of the Prepositions of which they

are compounded ; as am &iš, in my house ; ód

Taimh, from thy hand; léþ ccáij*dič, with our

friemds. These Pronouns are also used in

such cases as the following : bíòmid ºn ar»

ccá1j*diÐ do, let us be his friemds, î. e. let us

be in our (situation as) friends to him ; biaò

nne am wčaij* do, ac«r b1wō sé °n-a mhac dath,

I a'ill be ēn my (i. e. for a) father to him, amd he

shallbe âm his (i. e. fora) som to 7me. Thìsis almost

identically the same with the Greek and Latin :

E»w toww•* æwr# sio *rørefº•y 19 •vroo io′′ra» woı tio õıow.

Ego ero illi im patrem, etipse erit mihi in filium.

Hebr. 1. 5. We find this form of expression

used also in Hebrew ; as *»H>> än his prìests,

â. e. his priests, ps. 99. 6. F*55 in or for a

house ; -Ny";, im a rock, i. e. a rock, ps. 31. 3.

So in Gaelic, bí èaiñ-sa ad čaj***wig neipt :

, ac«s maj* &ığ cumhdaig dom òiden, be to me (in)

a rock 9f stremgth ; amd (in) a ./014se 9f refuge

&c. ps. 31. 3. -

M # 4.

122

-w* \

*,

$ 4

42.—Verbs Active, gqvern the Accusative

Case ; as guíòmid ču, x'e õeseech thee ; čon

naij}c me ań feH, 7 satw the man.

Some Verbs require a Preposition before

their object, and if the object be a Pronoun,

it must be compounded with a Preposition ; as

táÐwij* òamñ, give me; taBaij* let, brîmg zwith

3/0u ; beij* let, take with 3/ou ; d'ia]1]*as aij*

Eoiii, 7 asked 0f Johm ; a dubøij*t sé þiu or

leo, he saãd to them.

43.–The word which in English is in the

Nominative case, before a Participle,* is, in

Gaelic, put in the Dative with the Preposition

do ; as aij* mbeić do °ii #îþ møpþ, the *mam.

öeing dead ; iaj* tteēt dó, he hawing come ; iaj*

ndul amać òóib, tkey ñawing gome out ; ad bář

Coþmac a ttig Cleitig t«eb ris ań mBóin,

14]* ndiultaò iòolaòþ arò do õéñamñ ò0, « ffad

}}oimhe siñ, Cormac died at the house of Clety

*wear the Boyme, hawing remounced idolat*y lomg

bęfore.. Annals Inisfallen, 279.

44.–Ba, x'as; aspirates the Initial.Consonant

of an Adjective in the masculine Gender, (ex

cept d, ], m, j*, t ;) as b« mhaić añ fe]* é, ñe

tºas a good 7mam ; but not in the femâmâme ; as

b« maić øii Ñeñ í, she was a good zºomam. And

before

* i. e, Where the Ablative absoluto is used in Latin,

123

before a Vowel requires h ; as ba holc lem, ię.

*•as bad for me. - -

45.–To kmotº, is expressed by the Verb

táim, and fºr, Ånowledge ; as a tá ffs »gºwm,

7 kmoze, i. e. there is knowledge to me : a ís

sometimes added ; as bíò a #łr agaib, kmo:0 ye.

So we say, tá GI}áò agam, I love, ě. e. there

is love to me ; tá gen, or cen agam,• I have

am affection for ; tá ocras oj*nn, / am humgry;

dá taj*t oþm, I am thirsty. To hade, is

expressed by táim and ag; as tá lebar agad,

you ha'0e a book ; ní j¡aiÐ ag Finn aćt møc añ

Luinn, Finm had but the som of Luno, (ē. e. his ,

spear.) --

$ 5,

46.—The Adwerlys,.. ]fd s«]*, án,— gle, cauge ·

Aspiration–See p. 59. Ro and án are prefixed

to Substantives as .well as Adjectives ; as j*0

flauč, a great prince ; Ho-fhui}}, .q grea# ¢ea ;

«ntíšeþna,.. a tyramt. -

47.—Ro and do, which are only Euphonic

Particles, are prefixed to Werbs, and cause A5

piration in theac/ive Voice–See.p. 68. Ro loses

O before a, zwhich ; as 41]1 a j° FøB|*ws, or rather "

aij* •p îabj*as, 0ftwhich / spoke, ã. e. «i]* 4 ]*Q

İaþ|*as. "%it •ij* ¢uit RuêH«íöe, the place in ·

tohick Rury fell. Ann. Inisfal. 950. . ï. e. '%it -

“n a ro ¢utt, &c. Do loses o before a Vowel, .

dr £ in the active Voice ; as d'flafHaíè, he

\ M2 J inquìred .

124

inquired, &c.–See p. 69. The emphatic Par

ticle a is prefixed to the present and preter

Tenses of táim and deij*im.

€rñ, amh, îmoj1]40, umoì*]*0, 'more00er ; dom,

dan, din, dno, tñem ; čéna, stil!; idij*, tþq,

and a jew other Expletives, are used only

for Euphony sake.

N, B. Adverbs are placed usually in the

end of a clause, or otherwise, if Euphony

require it.-

$ 6.

48.—The following Prepositions require a

Dative Case, and are always pr¢fi.red to the

objeet they govern, ciż. 4, «G, 41]1, ønn-s«, as ;

de, do $ fa, fo, fuiē $ Go, gur, gañ $ 1, ir, ia],

idir*; le, leis $ ma]* ; ó, Or; ]*e, ]114, ]#is, j*oimh ;

seć ; tw]1, t#e, t]*es.

49.–%, i, i«]1, and þ1â, cause Fclipsis ; as i

tDailtin, at Tailtim ; 1aþ mbás, qfter death ; 7*1w

ndul, ögfore departure.

50.—%ij1, de, do ; fo, fuíò; idij% ; le; m»#;

ó ; þe; tþe, cause Aspiration ; as mø]* fhaiğıs

t*iõ, like masters ; ó fiii, Jrom that.–See

rule 52.

51.–%g, go, os, require the.Noun to be in

the Primary forim ; as »g feičeñ, (0aiting $ 0s

cîmn, ower head.

- 52.—Wher

\ 25 »

52.—When the Article comes between a :

Noun or Adjective in the singular number

and one of the Prepositioms, ag,.. «1]*, 'ws.; fa,

'fo, fuíò 3 Gus ; ir ; leis ; m«ł* ; ó; I*is, ]*oimh ;

reć ; ta*, tì*e, the Noun or Adjective suffers -

Eclipsis; as aij* «ñ ttaÈarñ, on the groumd;

maj* aïi ngþéiïi, like the sum ; ó’iî» ccwř, from* *

tñe battle. . But do and de require Aspiration ; ′

as do ′ñ ùáij*d, to the bard ; and before s, re -

&quire t; as do 'ñ tsúil, to the eye,–See p. 18. .

53.—If the. Article bē. omitted, .then the →

next Noun or. Adjective is Eclipsed; as aij*

ē}}áò nÜé,' for the love 0f. God; .tj*e řhuij* .

ngaibčıš na beč4ò, through the perilous sea ºf **

#fe. So in this werse of Bonaventure O'Hussey: .

% táid trí dóij*se áij* Łeć nDé, ,

Ní féidij* le neć f« :ñ ngréiñ,

Sañ dol-tj*i¢« so fa seč,

Roëtøiii | « monn .dq *ñ:j*íščeč. .

54.—5áñ, will have either the Primary or º

Aspirate. form ; % as. gaiî čoir or cois. %1]*» »

sometimes causes Eclipsis ; as ai]* ttúr, in

ēm the beginmēmg ; 41]» mbeič, om öeirg.—But I

think there is an Article understood in these :

cases, whereby they are reducible to rule 52. . .

55.—%s, gws, is, leis, j*is, t]1es, are used |

before the Article instead of i, *,. go, le, j*e, ,

t}}£• ,

M\8 .3 56.~-Uq,0,

126

56.—Do, go, le, He, t#e, and a, out ºf ;

sometimes take h before a Vowel ; as go holc,

* òadly; le hingiîaiñ, with astomishmemt ; « h'E1

þinn, out ºf Irelamal ; but go, le, tì*e, þe,

before a, his, her, their, require n ; as le n-ø,

le n-a, &e.–See p. 67. -

N. B. I am inclined to think thatthe moderns

are incorrect in confounding a, as, out, with

1, is, im;—a distinction is evident in the fo!low

ing sentences: % s aïi mbaife, out of the fo:ym;

a h?, İbw mi, out of Scotlamd ; do ïuíò Q>i] eò a s

añ Scítla, jfilesius teent out of $y/hia ; but is

añ mbaiìe, in the totęn ; i n-ºÕbain, im Scotland;

1s añ Scítıa, än Sçythia. ′This distinction was

always adhered to by the ancients.-

-

*.

57.—The Improper Prepositions, do čum, or

ėum, a n-«šaiõ, de j#Ei]1, a mesc, a ffiaònwise,

&c &c. require the Genitive Case, which is ,

governed by the Noun of which the Preposition :

is-compounded ; as čum aîi è«ę«, to the battle;

- « n-«G«w1ò » 4č«]*, against his father ; de j*eij*

» Łoife, in obedieace to his will ; aiþ fom mo

• ihic, Jor the sake 0f my som.

58.–Thē Measure or Extent of a thing is

expressed by ai]* ; as da t}}oiğ 41]* áij*de, t:00

Jeet hāgh ; cúig tHoig°i air» òoimhnećt, fíve feet

deep ; sećt tt#oišči air leičed, seven Jeet

òroad.

59.-When

127

59.—A Preposition prefixed to «, :cñěcñ,

requires the Subjunctive Mood ; as á1- 1 m-a

*1aið Finn, the place twhere Finm was:—or

when the Preposition is understood ; as aþm

« |1ai6 Coþmac, the place (in) &0hich Cormac

z©as:—when the Preposition i, ân, is omitted,

the Euphonic n is generally retained ; and a

comma ought to be placed before the n ; as

*n-a |1«ib, in which «'as.

$ 7.

60.–The Conjunctions, acar, amd ; no, or;

couple the same €ases of Nouns; as fıj* wcas

mña, mem amd (90mem. When two or more

Adjectives come together, qualifying the same

object, ac«s is often ormitted ; as tá sí óg, ~

maiseč, she is young (and) beautifuł..

61.—The Conjunctions, ní, noēw, Muna, an,

go, guj*, muI*, &c are always joined to the

Subjunctive Mood ; as ní #ui], there is *ot,

(not ní ffuiì, or þfui], as often corruptly writ

ten.) Noëq, takes N • before f, and then the

n alone is pronounced ; as-noč« nfuı], there is

7ıot.–See this rule fully explained in page 68,

62.—%84, ěf; o, since, &eeing. that, are

joined to the Indicative, and cause'Aspiration ;

as má ÖuaiÈim, įf I strēke; but they never

aspirate the present Indicative of táim ; as

m« tá, şf ñe às,—not m« tá. Dá, čf, is

..,always

128 .

ałways joined to the preterite or future tenses

of the Indicative or Conditional Moods ; but

never to the present, as dá ndeþñas, įf I did;

dá ccérfainn, àf I would persecułe.

The following Exercise being the ** Argu

*em# of the Poem of Valour,” is given to •

exemplify the foregoing rules. The Numerals

ower each word refer to the rule particularly

necessary to be observed. If the reader find .

any difficulty he may-turn to page 132, .where

the example is repeated in correct language..

On a daythat Pa- « -3°' -2:.． p« - -

trickwasworshiping. \á *d′« ... Tá1m Pár#ic 4g

God in solitude, aēj*aim Dia ºs aiå uaigner, .

Oisin, son of Finn, ..., 3: - -

\;”.3°¡¡¡ă 9 #iå téièim Oifíñ mag Finn go- - - 25. -

Patrick bade, þįm nuige ; acaf čui#im Pá

welçome. And Pa; trºiē fáilte #omharú. %caftrick enguired of *3 - - *

Oisin, whàt was the $9 }!*F#*1Gim Pátpic d”.

case óf the greatest. Oiríñ, cad é añ cár ir geć❤ 25- - - 5

diffięwity in º which no ba cþuaêálać *ñ`a táimthe Fian were ever •

engaged ?... øñ Ftwn j*ıamh. .- ill-in- . o

*#&]8 1 : ìnnisim*féiîi siii daih,&

Clerkof the solemn Qféi*eć aiä saìm sääí ! aj*

psalms, says Oisin. Oifíii: %ïi′ cás is cjjuaö

"The encounter of ,_59 _ ** •-. * *7

greatest difficultyin n;* taijn ai† Ria]], ó dq

$¡。déiìøim Fian Fáldím.

engaged since they

Ś} Fians of .

* Fá],°(Ireland.)

A banquet

] 29

*a6

A banquet |and pßg «cás fésta do táim

feast was′ had by 3I

Finn, the son of ag Finn mac Cumhal, doCumhal, for the v 4-9

seven battalioms of segg C«'t ar Gnač-fian, 1

- - 3 ❤

the constant Fian,* ?\lïha luētmap lán-aíþin

in spacious very , 39. 47

gelig¡itiùl Allen öf Laiše; acar do GºIºmº

Leiiister; arda Par- daim lem táin de 'ñ Fián,ty of the Fian were 34 . . J *3 ❤

orgotten by him, gañcuiłyš doþeiþim dwïh;- - - 26 - 3

×]; g}]'# &'\ mar a táim, måc CHončar,

*bVitatiºß.º ***º*; mać Róñáñ, acas %ile måcsuch as, the son ofCroncar, the son of Crºimh#øñ. Do .glacaim

Roman, and Aily, fe]*g móþ ań fe]% uime

sor of Criffan. Great ~ 61

ragepossessedthese

imen on that ac- «cas móid gañ TiGjm 1

count, so that they • • * 1

ñaãè′oâthšand`aš- Fiºþnºíòeęt Gº

severations not to G“*^*

cOme into the Fini

an hOst to the end

of one year. -

After this they Jap siii do ciiirºimn »

launched their ship long aiþ muij* acøs níł*

to sea, and they stadaim lem, go ï1 išim

stopped not′till they \..., 49 , -

\¡°&^#]á cþíć Ločla. Ja# Táim relaõ

9f Lochlin. Having ann siñ dìh, \óeir*im beñ

been there S9iyıe *í Löěla g#áè égsañhaiy

tiwme, the wife of the

king of Lochlin fell

siñ, innus go čeiþim luíš6O 42

0

cemn bF1q

desperately

* These composed a standing army that was never re

duced.

139

desperatelyinlovewith

Aily, son of Criffan, so

that she eloped with

himoutofthe kingdom,

and theyŚ nOt

until they reached Ei

rin. -

The king of Lochlin

assembles the chiefs of

his people, together

with eighteen kings

with their hosts ; amd

they delayed not *till

they reached Eirin.

And theysend messen

gers to Finn, son of

Cumhal, to know if it

~ might be to him to the

Jıeight of Leinster the

lady had come. Finn

offëred great compen

sºutioòs to thē kiñg of

Lochlin, and to let his

wife go with him ;

namely : Seven tons of

pure gold. These com

pensations were reject

ed by the great Des

poiler, i. e. the king of

Lochlin ; and he de

manded“combat of the

}Fian. Sewen score of

the Fian were sent to

engage him, and they

were all slain by bim.

Finn asks the chiefs

- of the Fian, who would

encounter the king of

do'%jle mac Cþir#h¢an,

guj* elaiòim lem as añ

Ríšwčt, acøs níj* *ga3 -

dwim lem go ]1íğumn43

€1j*e damh.

Cþuinníğım}í ločla** , 37 3o

maıt a muinte]1, maj*

*6 - -

«en j*e 0čt |1í dég 33 �

slu«š, ac«s níï* stad

«im lem go ]1íšim

'Ej]*e. %cas cùij*im

tečt goFjnn mac Cumñ

45

«l, d' a #îs aH čugam48

do gebaım añ Beñ go

tulač Laige. Ro t«1]4

gim Fınn cuñhaò mój*

do ]1í L0č!w, ac3 F «.

beiå do léigjm lem ;

iòon : sećt tonn d' ój*

glan. Üo obaim aïî

cumhaò ag ań %1]*gčeč2.o

mó}1, 1òon : j*í Ločlá ;

«c«s d' iaj*Højm coñ42

*ac ajj* añ Fiañ. Do

cuir*ım seēt fiće de añ

Flaïi d’a coñh]*ac, acas

do maþþaim iad ui]°e

lem.

Fiafraígim Fjnn de

maič aiì Fiañ, cia 'dor>

coïhj*øcajm **í Ločl« ?

′ Lochlin?-

181

Lochlin ? It is I, says

Goll, that willfighthim,and instruct mein feats

of action. Take with

thee, says łºinn, a vali

~antbattalion oftheFian,

fifty of the descendants

of Mórni, and Oscar on

at either side of your

shield, for your sure

}::::::::; from the

lows 0f the mightyIM8IM.

them shall go with me,

says Goll, until my

blade be reddened in

his wounds, Goll and

the mighty man came

on the beach, and they

were eight days and

eight nights in combat,

when the king of Loch

lin fell by Göll, and all

his people by the Fian ;

sO that none of them

went back alive to the

land of Lochlin.

%ısé do cořhþ4caim é,

«j» SoM, «cas seolaım

me air* cles lúë. Bei

þim lem, ar* Finn, cač

c}}oòa de ºiì Fian, acas

c«egadt de clønn%óij*

ne, wcws Osc«]* aij* Gač

t«ełÖ dem sciat, dom

imčosnamh aij* béim áñ

fer mój*. Ní téiòim

«en duine agam lem,

ar» Goll, go de#g4òøim

Not one man õf mo lann i 4 cnes. Ti

gim 5oll «cøs áñ fej**

mó¡* *ij* «ñ tj}áiš acas

táim oēt lá acar oēt

Oíòče ag comhj*«c, guj*

toj1čþaò j#í L0čł» jie :37

Boll, ac4s « muintej»**

uife leis añ Fjøn ; in

nus naj* imčigim neē

agâm beÓ go ełńê

L0èla aip »ir.

tR%čw

TRºščt %JR L3íö Nº, Gº, isSe.

lá d'« ŀaið Pátþic «g aõ¡*aò Dé ºs ań n

uaignes, do ěuøiò Oisíñ mac Fhinn go nuige;

acas ěuij» Pátric fáilte roimhe. %cas d'

fiafjiuiš Pátr*ic d' Oisíñ, cad é aii cás is

čeiče, no buò čj}uaëálaige ºn-ø 11aþadaj* aii

Fhuaii j*iarh. Jnneor«d féin siii duit, a Chfé1

pig na Salm sáïh, «]* Oisíîi. %iì cás is cHºuøiôe

*n-a j*øBadøj* añ Fhian, ó do þinneò Fjana

Fáil díþ. FÈeò «c«s fést« do bí ag Finn mac

Cumhaif do sečt ccaća na gnat-Fhéine a n-%l

iïhuinn fuētïhaij* lán-4íÜin laišenn, ac«s do

de]*madwō leis táin de °iì Fhéin, gañ cuij*ië

do čaÐwwj*t dóib ; maj» « dá, mac C]#Ončaj]*,

mac Ronáiñ, «cas *%ile mac Ci11mhęaiñ. Do

ślac fej*G ïhó¡* na fir′ uime siîi, innus go

&tugataj* luíše âcas móide gañ teēt a IFian

naíòećt go cenn b}jašiì«. Jaj* siii do čuir*

edar* a long aij* mui]*, «c«s ní]* stad«ê leo,

Go ]*ønc«t«j» c]*íć ločlan. J«j* mbeit selaò

ann siñ dóib, tug beñ 11íš ločlan G}áò égsa

mhai] do "%ile mac Cj*imh¢aiñ, guj* elaiò leis

as wä Ríšaćt, acas níþ stadaò leó go poćtøuñ

. €ipenn dóib.

Cþuinníšes j1í loëløn maiče « ïhuintirfe,

muj* «en ì1é hoēt Rišče dég go n-« slu«š, ac«s

ní¡# stødøò leó go počtøjä €1j*enm 3 4cøs cuıī*id

teòt«»

13$ :

tečtw GO Fiñn mac Cuiìia .l dá #is añ &uige dq

šebaò aiì Úeñ go tula iş L41šenn. Ro čaij*G

Jºinn cuińêw mó]*a do |*1š L0člann, ac«s a beñ.

do léigen leis ; iėon : sećt ttona d' óþ glan.

Do hobaò na cumh&a ag wñ n-%1]*gčeć mó]*,

jòon : |*1ğ Ločlann, acas d' 1w]*j* comìh]*wc 41j* añ

Iréinn. Ùo cuipeò sećt jfičid de ña Flánai6

d« čoñij1 ac, wcas do maj16wò 1.wd uife lejr.

Jºi« fr*uíger Fırn de iña¢aiþ na Féine, cía do

èoiñjfacfaò j*í Ločlwn * &\Sise do čoiìhþacfaiö

é, aj* Goll, ac«s seoil-se me »1]* čles«ı6 lú#.

Beij* let, «j* Fımn, cwč cHoòw de 'n Fhéin, agus

c«egatt de člannaib %>óij*me, «cas OsGuj, aij*

gać t«eò ded sgéič, do0 imčosnaiñ aij* Ñéjiñ- '

-ennaib an fij* ïhó:j* : ní j¡ać aiò «en dujñe a cw

Jem, a]* Soll, go mde]4Gaòt«]* mo ] «ïin i n-w

-ęnesaiö. TIG 5oll a'cas aii fer, mó]* a1]* añ

dtþáiš, acwf \3á duj» oèt lá ac«s očt n-oíòče

«g comh]*ac, Guj* toþēj1aò ]*í Ločkin I*é Goll,

acas a .iñuinte]* ui′e leis «ñ ]féin, innus na h

imğıò meò ac« beo go c]1íć ločlan 41]* 41s.

The foÎlowing Dialogues, in familiar but

correct language, will also, it is hoped, be

found of considerable use in illustrating the

foregoing Syntax.

:

]N ÐIALOGUES

] 34

ID I A L O. G U E S..

-→e\\\\- » * **

~ I. ". * '

Gooā morrow Sir. $á I*ać òuit a b$áì.How do you do this ciiiiigs dá tu aij% ma1

morning ? .djYN : - *

H&`haē you been-Cï[3 Úís ó Ði aìì se*

... since I faäthe plea- lár agam *”, f#icfiii

sure of seeing you . fáí òeiječ ?

}ast ? - - - - -

very well, I thank you. So maiē» Gº |1aıB møiř

. … & G4T..

Tolerably well.. Co mesajtěa,

As usual.. - * &8wj′ is gìiá5.

So, so. &Saj′ siii, ma]′ siñ.

¥&ıīook very i]]. ºščáiï* go I10 boêg

¥oâ iook verš we]]. ººē*) go -1°o *****:

You are not wel}. . Ní fui] Tıl Go JTral č:

I.think you are hoarse. Swíìim GO ffuı].ceočáiä

O]*t.

You are very pale. Tá tu 4m-ğıiïíēeē.

Your eyes árē sore. Tá do Fúiłe tinn.:

You müst take care of Cøiřféò tu aiÑe č*õ

yourself. - aiñt duit féiñ.

I am very ill. ,Tá me go×o:þočt.

VWhat aiÍs you ? C«wd tá oþt ?

I am sorry for ìt. Js doiìišJem Fiii $ or,

is olc lcm. siii.

I am now quite reco- Táim ajjº m' aišeò Go

vered. h-ımlán anois.

T am glad ofit. Jf mai¢ lem riñ ; or,

~~ ... ^ ł táım gþéònać de.

Believ， me it gìyes me Cþeid me, is móI* añ

much pleasure. t-•íþñes lêm é.

\

[[.

*w

• !

Of Hall*. 2é Shláinte.

[łow is your sister to° Cinnus tá do èeþþ

day ? - *fiú}* a n-iúïh ?

I hope she is better. . Tá súil agam go Ifuił

- si nıs fe}***.

She is a little indispos- Tá sí cnaíteć begán.

- ed. - -

Dōes she complaín of 8%n nGeI*]* ánan si a1j*

the tooth•ache ? èinnes fiacal?

Hìas she»got cold ? &%n #uaijfº¡i fuaćt.

She is very delicate. . . Tá jºí j#O iîmÈíčeč.

′ M1y fatheř is not very Ní *]' m' aėaij* go þo

wēll. . ihá1ř.

He is much afflicted by Bu«1öej*£wþ go mó]* le

-the gout. | _ timmes n« n-ált é.

He is &ery subject toit. *S jło fhiñic Fííões wijf.

HIas he ever *a sore,8%n mþìrín á sçóþnøč

throat ? - d:ınn č0íõče ?

. He shou!d apply fìan- B« čóij* dó, 'èdać oll»

nel to it. ་ do čuj* uij*če.

“Hemustbathe his feet, Caiēfeē sé a čosa

- " - " ... , d'foř¡*ušāč.

**]: a pain in his Dá tìnmep ºn» č4éô.

810! 62. . - - -

Hoy long has he been Ciē aiî fad a tá sé

ill? ^ ^, " " tinn ?

`Sot vēry loñg. , Nì po fada a tá. "

About a week. ê#&iÍ seēdīh.wine.

Nêar a wėek. ' - &\ ngoiþè do fećtïhain.

*When didyoü seeyour “Ca ïoih čonna1]1cis do

· friend31'h9ıııas *. čāra Tomás ? "

Last week. &ñf#éētiñáiñ\feêuai¢ †

-· . - ćojit.

Last night. % **éir*.

N 2 He

1 36

**

He is going to the Dá sé ag dul do “ñ tír ;

country, or, tá sé ag imčećt

- do *iì tuqič.

How soon does he go ? %n ¥ada go n-imišem

sé *

Ín a few days. % ccenn begán l«eēe.

I must pay bim a visit Caičfeò me dul d'a $é

before he setS Out. ěaiiì sul fa n-imeoò

é -

Pray givehim my com- Táòaij* mo ěeš-š#áò

piiments., ò 0. *

Farewell, Slán let.

III. ][[[.

Q/° tbe Gaelic. 3 *11 Gb«¢ºč£(g.

IDO ygu speak Gaelic * 3%n laþ¡44i}, 5«eēelg ?

1 speak it a little. L«Bï*áim begán oi.

You must practile a Caičfeò tu « Gnatúš

_ great deal. . 4ò G0 mó]*. -

The pronunciation is Tá «fî čañái#iøiñ doc

difficult. 4mhá1]'.

You should carefully Ní fuláij* èuit a# &a#

avoid a vulgar coarsē aiñaiñčoitćenn gaþþ.ąCCEInt. do řečn4ò.

Tiįe Language is spo- l«þaí+ø}} añ tenga so

ken wêll ìn mâny go′naíē a n-imãd 'd”

parts of Scotland. áitib q n-%fbaim.

You speak too fast. b-«Br*aij* f«o }uai#.

Do not speak so quick? Ná labáij# coñr ésgaò.- lM. —.

You read very well. lğ GO. |*o mñaič.

~ You .pronounce very Jr jìoïhài¢′t' újijaBra.well.

Have yoy Read the po- %r Téigis dá#ita Oiems. of Oisin ? fìii ?

Yes,

* .

137

\ es, and I tliink them Léišer, aças saí}irn

fine beyond expres- Gir# b]*ešõa 1ád 'ná

sion. - is féidi]* « |'uaē.

How elegantly they are Náć á}ainn » dá1d áčt:′:.nslated. }1a išče.

Exquisitely indeed, & Ro šI*ent« go deimhiii,

much to the honor ac4s go mó]*òálać d”

of Scotland. 2, }bain.

O¡sin isalwaysthe com- °S é Oisíïi mo čomh

paiaion of my walks. Juw daj* a ccofhiìwìōe

- - «m fiúþalta.

Bu t have you read our ?(čd «]* 5éig tu ar

Romances ? - IFinscéla ? -

There are many beau- Tá imad scél Fiana ò

tiful Fenian tales, ačd « ann, is mait is

well worth reading. _ fiú w Féišeò.

- How long have yòu Ciò fad a táiji ag fošbeen learning ? laum ?

You are wonderfully Táir′ aijf aša iò go hiñ

iımproved. G«ntwē. "

I wnderstand the Gae- Duigim aiî Gh«eòelg nì

lic better than I ºs fe]1]* *má lwò¡1á.in: \Speak it. - - •

*.vexy one wishes now - Js w1t }e gać n-«en •

to learn it. » foglaim anois.

Àt is a beautiful łan- Js ^ bþeš aiî dēnga í.

$làašč• - · -

... -*

IV. » * IV.

• Qf the Weatòér. Že *11 t(Í11.'

lt is bad weather. }s olc wñ tsím í

We shall have rain. Biwjò fe]*čwin ag«inin.

It is going to rain. - Tá sé dul čum fe]*č«-2

- M 4.

It is raining. Dá sé ag f ]*čw.n.:→ N 3 Is

133

Is it raining ? -%n ffuı} sé ag fep

- řa in ?

It is but a shower. -Ní ”] ann ačt cì#.

It wiil soon be over. B1wò sé čoj1«irin go

- GH1Od.

I am wet thro” . % dáim-se fliuē trìm.

Letus shelter ourselves Téiòem aij' foscaò.

I think it will not rain Js dóiš lem náć fej1

any more. ēanfaē sé ní ºs mó.. Jt is but a mist. Ní ”} ann »čt ced.

It clears up. Tá sé ag glanaüş suas.

I see the rain-bow. Chím aiì bošw fé*čá

- Tì4.. -

*Tis a sign of fair wea- ]s cořh4j*ča soinnine

weather. é.

Tlıe rain has laid the Do feg qñ fej*čain aïi

dust. •* luait#e.

. The streets are dirty. Tá na sráide salać.

I am all spiashed. Taím aiþ fad j*iablać ;

- - 0r,Tá me go léip.

- **iablaē.

The wind is changed. Dº áęraig aï gae¢.

It is windy. Tá sé g«etmhaj*.

It is stormy weather. Tá *ñ tsín stoþmaê.

*Tis changeable wea- ìs uallä8 aïi &imsej* í.ther.

The wind blows cold. *S fuar. féider aii š«e¢.

The wind is very high. Tá”ñ ščé¢ an#ár*d.

Do you hear how it %n ccìuiiiir maj» gé1

roars ? menn si.

*Tis a dreadful tem- ìs •mba &ñ stoiþm í.eSt.

I should not like to be Nìj* B' ait lem Öei¢ aij»at SEa, nOW. fair***ge «mois.

This weather is very Js yo òúB aii áımse**

gloomy. 0.

This is a great fog. . Js mó* wñ ceo so ann.

There is a great fog. Dá ceō mó]* «nñ. *Ti

L$-

1.39

*Tis foggy weather.

*Tis clōüdy weather.

You cannotsee atarm’s

__length.

This is cold weather.

Itis cold. ′• 1

Are you cold ?

I am very cold.

Are you not cold ?

My fingers are be

numbed with cold.

It is snowing.

Does it snow ?

- It is but sleet,

.It hails.

It freezes.

*Tis a hoar frost.

The river is * frozen

Over. • •

One may slide safely.

Do you skate ?

I am very fond ofit.

It thaws. -

The snow is all melted.

This winter is very se

vere. ,

The sun sbines,

* * * *

It is fair. -

It is fine weather.

This is'a fine day.

- *. …

Ceoòać aiî dsíñ í. [ 1.

Js dúb-ñélać aiì aımse¡*

Ní féidij* let faicsiñ

fad do fáiïhe.

Fuaj* aiî dsín í.

Tá sé fua |*.

}Fuif du fuaj*.

Tá me |1o fuar*.

Náć ffuif tu fu«H ?

Tá mo mhéþa mwj*B

de °ii fuaēt.

Tá sé ag snečtaò.

%n jfuif sé ag smeč

d:q'ò ?

Ni '] ann aćt fliuē

}ºnečta.

Tá sé ag cloič-ïneč

d«d. -

Tá sé ag sîc.

Jf sic fiw¢ é.

Tá lec oiò}}e *Hasna

4ij* wii n-a64m.

B' féidir le duiñe

}ghnúšaē Gaïi b«e

3<«\ I. -

2ē sámh-fleñinaíšenm

tu ?

Js þo aıt lem é.

Ta sé ag léišeò.

Tá aïi smećta aij* f4d

léište.

Js |*o šwjö aiì šeimh

I*eò se.

Tá añ šI*1wñ ag d41č

INEm.

Tá s^ b*1eš.

'S brłeg añ Tsín í.

*S bj* = G çã !á é.

*Tis

14()

"Tis yery warm.

\ #ow liot it is !

**^is excessively warm.

Tá sé r1o &eiř.

N«ē teić a tá sé!

Tá se teić as jñčt.

“Tis sułtry sčorching ]s teswiòe gj1ísañhwi}

weather.

I am very warm.

Let us òpen the win

dow.

Let us go into the

shade.

Let us go bathe.

Do you swim ?

I can”t Swim.

It fhunders.

łt !ightens. ~

IDo you see the light

ningr ?

What a clap of th&a

der ! .

Are you afraid ofthun

. dér ?

There are few wºho àre

not afraid of it.

V.

Offòe Seo/ęnf.

What season do you

Iîke best?

I like Winter better

* than Summer.

Winter is too cold. "

It is true but, I am fond'

of shooting.

øiì wimsej* í.

Tá me «wnteič.

Fosclam añ fuinneog.

Téiöem faí aïi scá¢.

71.4wJ: ? -~ ~-· • • • • --

Leige møid d'foč#ug« 'd.

3%n snámhann tu ?

Ní fédaim fnáiìi.

Dá sé 4G tóijimiš.

Dá c«e¡1č« tinntıòe ann.

3%n ffaıcıj* aïi saišrèn ?

C«wide »ñ Bloòaim toi]*

niôe í sıīi !

3%n ffuif egla oþt }*oiřh -

čóı]*niš ?

}s ter*c duiiie Gaii egla

}}oıiïhe.

V.

Že 11a b2\j*1{I*\jö.

Ciò aîi t-ám de'ñ Bfiq-

ēøiñ is annsa let ?

Js annsw lem gèiihþeò

*ná sø'ñhr*aò.

Dá añ geithjłeē þo

uø}}.

Is fíp s:ñ, 48t is ait

lexq ðeić ag lámha&.

The

: .}4 l

The town is gay in Bíō aä baiğe Gpéòn4čWinter. - sañ ngeimhì*eò.

You may go to the ′S féidij* let dul do 'ñ

play in the evening. aiste um nóiìì.

Yés, `and every. one ”S eò, «c«r_TiG G*č

comes td towñ then. n-«en do”ñ Óaiîe ann

- F¡iì.

"Tis the season for par- Js ám n« ccóifjieć é.

- ties. -

In Summer one finds %wn fa” tramòþaò šeiþ

every where plea- duiiie siuēalta b'I*eš

sant`walks. ò« ann gać uiîe

- % It. -

, 'Ti.e days are long in }s fada .na l«eće fañSummer. tsamñ]*« õ. . . .

. VWhat do you think of Cj*ēd *aíÈip de”ii foš

Autumn ? ñh4}* ? -

"Tis the most pleasant }s é 1f lu«ēšái#iše de

of all the seasons. -iì« haimsir*iõ.

: It is neifher (too hot, Nì #ui] sé þo čeit

nor too cold. ná řo £u«|*.

Itisvery coldin Spring. Tá sē þô #ua * f«ñ

• • - n-€j***ač. *

In Springnature seems %nn sáñ ei***ać is dóigto rev1Ve. go mbì añ nadúr* wij*

n-eiseij*šuò.

Wehavehadno Spring Ní ¡aiö &ñ eþHać ag

this year, *• ainn sañ mbłiašwin

E. .

The seasQn is very tá' aii aimsij* go móþ

backward. . " «1]% ccú].

We shall have a dry Biaòsañj*aò tij*m wG

Summer. «y 1Nn.

Harvest time draws Tá aïi fogñar ag tećt

near, . - - dO ]&ımñ. -

They are m3king hay ?, táıd ag dèii»ïh féij*

now about Limeriçk. timčell`Luimnvē a

- ros. -

T'łne

: * 142 -

*The trees are füìl of Tá， na erainn lán •e

fruit. čoj*aò.

**The rain has laid the LEG***ñ “fe]*čain áñ

• corn. " - d-á}}\Şw** -

3W care in the dog days &% támaid ann sna ł•eä6

" *- ù«3w, ′ # · - · **madhárñ}a= wºnor.

Tłye Summer is gone. D'imštò ań saïhr¡a č.

It is cołd aìready. Tá sè fuw}* èedña.

VWinter approaches. Tá ºiì Geimñj* eò ag dećt.

“The morñings & even- Tá ùw maidne ºf na

: ings are cold. -2 nóinte •fu«]*.

° Fire begins ty Srdc}} Tesmaiè aiî teiñeþeië

well. - de Göol¢wnač.

'/'he &ays are growing Tátd na læêe a' dul a .

short. - ' ， ngīj*]1« ò. -

2You caif 8ee no longer Ní fatcij* nís mó agat s.:x. - « sé. -

”i'is dark atfive o'cł0ck, “Tá fé doj1č« ag cúig:

- - · dě*# čloc.

ć Winter begins early. "Tosnaiõ: «ñ getiñþeò -

... * - šo hu«iř." : -

:We sha!] have: a long 3Biść geiihreē' fada .'

and severe:Wintef cj1uãë againfi.]

‰ · · · - . . . ..:- * » . ．

-

· ýI. • • • ′ :* . VI...............

Q# łþe H»:/r. Žº **1 U¢I¡l,

What o'Clock isit } "Cad í á# uai} dé 'í* -* č¡oG é ? ï. % . * *

: \What time ofday ísit? .Čšā¡ uaij′ de ló è *

It is late. ་ * Tá sé déijiênáč.'

!tis eqrly.: Tá fé doić ; or, moč.

Jt is day:}}reak. . . . Tá fé aij*\ý|*jpeè aiiłaí.

- }t issis ó'Clock.' | Tá sé sè de'ñ čloc. "

"}ć is tìrr:e' tº get up. ")s ñúÈid eifišìëeè.

\tis day light.: 0 tá na folaf ìaí. I

t

143

It struck sixjust now, Bhuajf añ sé anois, . . »

ît is a qüartër past six. Tá sé ceēłfaïh tá# éif¡

- - - - - - añ sé. .. . . . . . . .3

It is half after'six. . . . Dá réièč-wáij* ta]* éis :

i , _ ań sé.

*Tis twenty minutes Tá sé , fiē£ momenta -

past six. ^* _ ai# éis &ñ sé. .

' It is thiriy-five miputes Dá sé tj*ièad aij* èúig

past si&..． ' . moment• wij* éis w” .

-It wants twenty mi- Dėjdaiè fièe buille denutes of seven. fećt

It wants a quarter of Defdaiò cečj1añ de →

– seven.: ^ :: ′ feèT. ...

*It wants but a few «mi– Ni čefèaiò wēt beGán ·

nutes of seven. " ìË de°iï tséčt.

· Itis eight o'Clock. Dá fé oēt deºiî člòc. . .

Ięis aßhost nine.. G» sé a j\Gºj*ºº ñoì .

It is not ten yet. . . . Ní ïir sé de1č. Go :

- Oll. -

-It is past clečen. - "Tá sé taif éis * hºn- - ndég. -

The clock is gòing to Dá ań cloc a]′ tí buaiì

strike... ' ~ te.

Hüşh, I hear the clock "Eift, cluiäim: añ, cloc

strike. . . . " ' Ạbua] wò. | ′

what hour does it Ciō añ uaij* ÚuaiJes ?

strike * - - - *

\e hãsstruck eleven.. Do Öllaił a h«en-ndèg.

It is twelve o°cìock. Tá sé añ dá uaiþ òég†

1t is one o'clock. Tá sébuille ěloc.

I;is, a quarter past one. Tá sé ceč11añ tar éis

· · · añ öuille.How the time passes ! Cáide mwj' imčišes qii

- I a

-5. . . “'*** ** 4* *. . . . . ． ． . . ． ï im *ir : ~- -~ ~ ~.: *

{ć is time to go ho*me, • Jf miēid.dul « Baife., *]

At what timé′musí yôu Ca foiñ is éiGen» duit

be at h0IMe , \öë1ć ag baiìe.- .. t

144 _

*«: **

At. txo exacfly., ] , 35:añ gó go cmte.

\t is dinner time.′ ...,” 3Tá se aïi &n phómne.

It is supper time. ′′ - Tá fe aii am còíîaihe.. .

It is breakfast tiine. Tá ′ re tþá# cédlong> . . . . ' ' - 41ö. .. -

It will be s0ón night. . “Biáò sé añ oíè8e g6

. . . . > ° ... gaij#id. ^ ^ “

?!\hešun isjust set. .." Tá ºiīš|ñaii faí anois.

$ēe the mo9n, rising. Féč aiïî*é ag éirgeò.

*Tis a moonlight night. -Js oìščé ¡*é-fol« is í,

It is time to goto Bed. Tá fè aii” amñ dúil' čum

- . fepřaö.

Get up early tó-mor- Eirgjë go moć a má}

row.. . . . . 4č.

We will go take an Račam do FıuÐwl go

early waìk. ' - dolč. -

What 6°clock is it by Cad de'# člog ë, léd

your watch ? *ïhóntir-se ?

It is down. . ． “Tá s1 sís. * * ... *

\Wind it up. Caf ru«s í. -

Itdoes not go wel!. Nı śluâisenN sí go

- maiř.

It is an dld watch. Seïi ïhónte# í.

Yesterday it went too % mdé glúais sí |10slow. mñ»ll. ·

To day it goes too fast. % n-iuřh mišiò sí |*o

- - T}u4 it.

It stops sometimes. Stadavö aij* u41þğ.

It is out of Order. Tá sí »s eGa]*,

• -

, VR »

* * Mave adapteō thí8 word from the Freraęh nawre, t:.ere

\*ìng no gooö term for iı in Gael¡e.

ł 45

wiI. vII.

0f 4çe. Ž' 2\Í{.

How old are you * Cá hºes duit ?

Howold mayyour bro- Ca hès do b” féidirther be 9 , , * dod þ|1áčaij* a ùei¢ ?

T′don”t believe you are N1 dóiē lem go jfuiì1]*

of my age. dem qís-se.

I am türnëd of twenty. Táim-se tär éis fi

čıd. “

-I am five and twenty′ Táim-se cúig BFlagña

years old. fièid d” aìs.

Hē is thirty years of Dá sé tpîêaēt bīia--

age. šwiii d” aís.

He Tis Older than I. Js siiie é 'ná mise.

Is he notyounger than Náč óige é 'ná-–R. ?*

Mr. R. ?

He looks youngyet. Fèęan sé óg fós. -

He is in the prime of Dá sé ºn á*¡d′&ünas alife. • f«egwil (0r a Be&qò).

He is fifty years old.. Tá fé c«egattbłjagaiñ

d’ qír.

He is nearan hundred. Tásë a īš•* d3 Čétt.

It is a great age. " Js móþ aii «es í.

He is bald. " Tá sé mqel.

His hair is grey. Tá 4 šjfu«g ljač.

He is on the decline. Tá sé ag ēšaē.This lady is young. Táºiì Ñé-se óg.

Sheis nč:yeteighteen. Ní fui} fí a hočt dèg

fós.

She

* 'The Gaels Iike the dld Greek8 and Roinyans, used mo

complimentory affixe8 to Proper Names, equivalent to Mr.

**Mrs. Miss, &c. excep* AMac or O. łf any suçll be hereafter

adopted, ł would adviše Don to be used for Mr.. it being

* an ēriginal Gaelic word, signifying àMa•ttr• I»rá } like tb#

~ Sp#pi•h D•m,

I 46

She is a beautiful girl. Js b]feš ań caiłìn ì.

She has fine teeth. Js b]*eš «ñ dëd a tá

- «1ce.

She is well made. . Tá sí déñta co maië.

She hasbeautiful eyes. % táid súiÈe maiseč«

- 41Ce. .

Her teeth are white as Dá « déd cořh gel le

SnOWy. " - siïećta. -

VIII. V [[[.

Of "Breaėfaft and Ze Cbšd!o1Ig«ö

- Dimmer. . «c«{ de p1OI1111.

Is breakfast ready ? P#umì cédÈongwö f1éiē ?

It is breakfast tinle. Dá sé i ttþái£ cédfon

Gwd.

Have you breakfasted ? ?(j* čeöfongais ?

Will youbreakfastwith %n ccégrongfaij*us? linne ? -

Do you take tea Orcof- %n ng] ac4ij* té no c4fée ? fé ? -

I like chocolate. Js ait lem cocolá#.

Put on the kettle, boy. Cuj sís «Ñ longcaijfe,

« šîlla.

This is green tea. Dé glas é re.

Where do you buy it ? Cá čcénaigij* é ?

Take another cup. 5fac cupán eife.

-IDo you chuse sugar.?. %n ail`let siúcj* 4 ?

I never drink tea with Ní ólaim té čoíòèe le

sugar. sjúcH« -

Youftea is cold. Dá do ¢é ft«j*.

I have breakfasted. TDo čédÈong me.

It is dinner time. . Tá sé 'n. *.m ppóin

* * * *, . . . . . ,+ • • • '{ ，D€•

Pray dime with us to- Síj*im of′t gº«c pþóinrday. - * linn a n-iumh. - -

- * * * , -, * * - You *

147 '

You are come in.the Dámgair * n-ag ná tI*ánick of time. č4. -

We were going to sit Bhiõmaij* ag duf do

«down. . ïuíèe sís. •

I could not possibly Ní¡* Ö' #éidij* lem tećt.

cOme 8OOner. '. nís luaite aij» «en

čo]*. -

Sit at the head of the Suíò sís «g cenn •ö

table. - č]áij*. " :

This soup seems good, ]s maić aïi t'éña6¡yı#

- se, daj* let.

Do you like soup ? &ñ ait let éñaõþuıę?

IDo &ou carve wëll ? \n ndej\'igip co řmai¢?

Shiùl I help you : to %n ttaõañaē me ]*ann

some roast beef ? maiþt-feoła teiñ

•` - \óþuite òuit ? -

Do you like it. rare Or 2(n &it let lećořh nowell done ?« ** láñ-¡#éiè í ? *

Be so go9d to carçe Bí coth ïhaić acas añ

that duck ; aud help l48a siji do èéileē ;

this lady to some of acas tá5aiþ cuid de

the breast.: : · *ñ ùēt do ºñ Bé-se.

Willyou take a glass of %n ngłac] faò: tu

... wine ? gfoine #íña ? "

Your health, Sir. Do fłáinte, a *aí.

*ì"¡s supper time. " Tá sé añ am coinmhe.

Tis tiñè to be in bed. Js mićid bei¢ i leb· 41ò.

IX. . . IX.

Qf Newf.. ŽX# N^u«jö€čt.

What news is there? Ciö añ nuaiòećt a tá

ønn ?

Is there any news ?. %n ffui] æii nuaiõećt:

-/ - «nn ?:

Q 2.” I .

148

1 have mo news. Ni fuuf «eñ Nuaiòeęt;

-

«Gam-s«.

There is great news... Tá nuø1òečt mó]* ann,

The mail`is just arriv- Tá aïi mála ia | ttečt

ed... , láičj*eč. :

There is a talk of Tá t]1áčt «j* #íć ann.

-ealce.

Whom have you that Cjw ó ffuaþais óñ

news from ? nuaiòeęt siñ ?

I have it from the best Fuaras ó 'ii úšdwj*ør if

authority. fe]** aij* bić í.

It wants ¢onfirmation. Derdaiè féiēm uai¢e,

Did you hear Mr. A. %#ęualağr go ffui!--%is dead ? m«þb *

What did he die of * Cád é a* ég sé ?Of a fever. D'#iaõp«s.

His wife will marry Pó*faē aºčeñ go lw1t

soon again. « þís. -

Sheisyoüng andhand- tá sí óg des. - :3

80mq62.

Mrs. R.was broyght to Rug beñ R. mhac: añ

-bed last weekTof a tseētïhain faí òel

boy. peē. . -

1 heard Mrs, D. had Chuafas guþ Łeilgbeñ

miscarried. D. clawñ. *

Miss B. is married. % tá ungín B– pór

- -d.4. ."

“To whom 2 Ciw leis ?

To a rich merchant. Le cennaige sajëÑ1]].

He got a good fortune Fuaij* sé spré fhaić

with her. léı. - -

*•

. · · - x.. - - • x.

་ Of Tatelling. 2£ ta}{te!.

Where areyou going ? Cá Ifuif tu ag duł ?' ł

149

łºwas going home. Bhíö_nne ′g imčećt » x- Bq 1]'e.

I am going to walk. Táim ag duf do fiúÑal.

You are ina great hur- Tá deba ð inóp oþt.

Yoü are quite out of Tá tu as. aiîát] G0.breath... - - himláiî.

You walk very fast. Siubła]]* go Ho ésga è.

I cannot keep * pace Ní čjG lem congba15 :

with you. * suøf let: -

Which is the way to' c#jfùir ;n tsłiše Go •

B }

Tºurn to the left. ]mpaò wij* do člí.

Turn to the right. : Impaò wir do òeis.

You must turn back Cai*fir impóò airř ais;again. * 4I%ír. . 。

Go straight forward... Jmč1š go dípeć •1þ »

- 4G41d.

Come back. Tig «1]* 41s. .

You are out of the Tá tu af añ mbe]āč..road.

How_far is it from this Cáide ań fad ar so go »to Limerick ? · luimneč°?”

It is twenty miles. . . . Dá sé fíêe miłe. -

Am Ifar from Croome?: %ñº ffúıf me i ffad ó

Chj*Om« ?

How fa, is it to Killar* Cá fad go Cilłaęaiþïe? -

ne\y !

wìºébe out of my % mbei# sé as mo',

way ? · - flíğe ? - .

Is the road good ? Faif aiì tslíge míj¢ ? *

Whose h9uše is that ** Cıa ar leif añ teć fiñ} :

Are we far from the %n fád» óºñ loć sinn?:Lake ? " , , * . . * -

What is the name of Cad” is aiñm de' #i′ áit*. * . \*,this place ? •eo } :" - " »

Wemust crossthe ford..Cájčfem do} tap aii :

- n-« č.. -

Q , 3 » Fìowy

1&0

.…….

Howbad the roads are! Coë hofc. is táid \l&

sljšče !

How dirty the roads Cóš^faraę ir táid naare ! slišče!

D9 you See that large &%rí ifáici¡í ań te¢ Móþ

house ? - sud ? : * -

T3 wbºin does it be- Ciä ar Jeis é *OI]9: 1 -

WháČa fine PYºšpeęt ! Js b|*eš aii |*aê4*c é !,

\What a noble lake ! Náč” aïáinn'a¡¡¡53 é]

Can we get a boat? %n féidir linn bás

- d’fášail ?

There is a wonderful Tá ñhuę«]ìa i¡igañta&echo here. ann so. -

Are you tired ? I#ui} tu tuaþfeē ?>

Le: \js.return through Téiôem táþ ais tj*eAdair. - 3%td4]*q. « ,

XI. XI.

Qf Card;. Že č«¡tt«jö.

Shall we play cards ? %N *;imeoþamcailt•- ōq ? - -

Are you fond ofcards? %n Ifuif geñ ort aip

č«j*taòa ?

What game shall we Caide 4ñ clujče d”.

play ? ' imeór*am ? -

As you please. %4]* *f mait let.

Po you play Chess * 34n n-inºiţij* fitèell *

Not very well. Ní þó řhaić é. -

*Tis a fävorite old Irish Señ cluičediles Ejpin

. {84ì\€. nać í. * ,

WÑat shall weplayfor° Cred air • nl meof4mm * .

I don't play bigh. Ní ımþım á]*d.

t 51

I always lose at cards. Caillinn 1 ceoihñ4jëe

: «ıī* č«}*taòa.

Here are two paeks. So ěá *fo1]*eh.

Let us cut for şeal. . 5***•in 41Í* añ ndéiš

, * , - - * * 1ł £

Who is to deal ? 91w tá čum jìonta ?

Then you are to deal. \s tùsa eiñ & `tá′éam,

- j#Onn«1ò. -

Shuffle the cards well. Suá# go m4 ić n« c«þ

′ . T4'd« »

Please td cut. Gej*þ léd ¢oif.

• You are the eldest Js tusa añ láih is siñe.:

hand. →

Let us play five and JM]\em cúig is dejč.

tEn.

What's trump ? Cad is máò ?

Ht ar.s,–Clübs,—Di- łv*]*t$ muiłet, t}*1uę,

amonds–Spades,– spe1]11t. -

Play. - Jmir*.

ł win the five. Beirºim-se aïi ėúig:

Do you rob ? 3% ccuıj}j}1 ar ?

You can't renege. Ní féidi# õuit cei]e..

VWho led 9 Ciq.řug ?

Who played last *. čì ımıH* fá òeiþeē ? **

Youl lõsethe deal. 9°aıılıI* aiî dé gì.

Tis my play.. . :}r lemsa imirę.. :

Po you play Cassine ? &#3 imͺen tu Casíno *

I am the'deåler. }s mise öeigles.

Do not leave a clear. R« fá5 rGuøbaò..

àNCE.. -

All the knaves are out.. t3,J. n« cui}}etá uife.

4muig.

Díd you take ap. the. %I* ¢ógõais suas aiî.ace ?. t-«em ? -

Ghere is great cassino. Sjñsé : asíno móþ.We mark`four. ' Cuihem-ne rís cečøip.

We haye the Spades, táiš mâ. Fpei¡*1Tq.

- - *G4inne, -

*_ Tha

1 52

The cards-are divided. Tá1d N« cá}}taò*s leř•

This is á double game. Ir“aulee dibłiēe é

\ve shall win the rub- Bēšm «ñ t-aipeih.

tē:řthe first gaine of Is é seo an čed ¢luięe

the rubber. de’ñ aıpeñh.

I imustpayfor my cards. Caičfed íc aiþ mo

- č«j*t«ò/w.

XÈł;. · XII; .

OfClotbe:. 7)?°é*txtá..

•

fTave you brought my & ěugais ma ėulaiē

suit of clothes ? édwig ? ·

Yes,. Sir, here it is. Tug•s, « hSaí, ag so.] .

This coat is welI made.. Dá aii . cóta so déñt•

, _ co maič.

It fits you admirably..Oij*emn duit go hin-.

- - Gwiìtáč.

It seems very long., Féčan sé 11o fada. .

They are not wõrn so. Ní, &aí Łid añois iad

shiort as formerly.. comh še]4j*. «cøf « .

- - - n-«llód.. - -

The sleeves are too Tá na man¢âillíòe þo.

wide. · f«i]*sıng.-

Is the Shoemaker %n tęánic añ Gréscome ? «ıòe ?

Are these my sh9es ?' %n iad mo Bþóga-sa ?.

They are too tight. Tá siad Ho čuiñ4ing. .

They pinch me. luíšid oj*m. -

TFry these boots on me. Féč.òHm na búta seo.

I'believe.. they will fit Cþeièim go n-oiñfiē

Jou. - Is1«d duit.

- - - What

133:

What are they worth ? Qa mhéid is fiu iad.

Fifty shillings. C«egwtt scilljnge. "

Make me another pair. Déñ péiöj*e ojÈe dařh.

l will, Sir. Uéñf«d, a hSqí.

XIII. XIII.

7« B19 and Sęll, Zo č£118āč *{ DO

» · · 11&]ç•

& ;

-

* *

At h9w much do yoty Cá mhéid air a Heicir*

sełl this clotli ayâid? " «n t-édwć so ań

• • • • • • • • . . tslat ? . - →

Atthirty shillings. %ir* ,ggiº scillinguêe

*: *. ï'ì : . . . *ield, • * :

Fèel this cloth, Sir, lă añ t-éda&-f9

%... . . . . « Shàí ? -

It is,very fine.: . . . Tá sé añ-ñún. * .

This cloth¡appears very °S dóiš lenm-s« go ffuif

, dear. G - añ t-édač-f« r«ó ò«e]*.

It stands me in more Sesïhann sé' daïhsá `a

than twenty-eight ùí's mo 'ná očt scil

shillings. lingiòe fičid.

Have yqu, any finer ? ?{n ffui] mí'f míne ag

. q'd -

Here is a variety of Seo ímad samplaíēe.

patterns.

I am.afraid that colour ìs egaf lem go dt|*éig

will fade very soon. feò aìì da¢ siñ, Go

G41]*1d.

\ No, Sir, it wil) never Ní £#éigfeò čoíòče, afade. Shaí.

í will buy a coat ofit, Ceinneoõać me casóg- de. -

How much do I give Cad d0 Beij*im òuit ?

you ? ′ - -

❤. See

154

See if the account is Féč «n ffuif añ t-áiþeñh

right. · · · ceþt. ' - -

Verï well, Sir, there's Tá go maiè, a Shaí, fiñ

yöur money ; there édo čuig airgut;táid:

āre three ~ shillings t#i scj\lingiòe dećt

coming to me. čug4mf w.

Give më my change ? Taõaiï* òářh mo č|*eis ?

Have you any silvēr ? Èfui! «en aiþglt 4gat ?

9hange me a guinea. B|]] Giné òařh.

Sir, `there is your % Shaí, siñ do þr*eir.

change. - -

I am much obliged to Dáim ï*o Buíöe&òujt, *

you, Sir. Shaí. · ·

Fařewel, Sir, ’till. I Slañ let Go fçacrm.

see you again. aj*ís Łu, a Sh«í. .*

Do you sell linen, Sir? Reiciþ liñ-éda& a Shaí?

What linen will you Cjò añ liñ-écać ir toit

please to have. » let d' f«õaif. *

I must have some very Cáięfjò^ me cuíd

fine to make adozeh d'fagqif Giar, an

• of shirts. mín, le dó-õég de

- Yéiñtiþ do òeñamh. '.

What price will you Caidé añ lua& • Úéj*

tO ? faò tu ? · -

There are three pei- Siii tj1í stuága air*

ces atthreeshillings, trì scillingiòe, cuid

· 'tbere are some at eife aij* a če&aij*, ac

four, ard others at as a j*oiJe air &úig

five shillings a yard. .. sčilliñgíèe añºtsfá5

That is yery coarse for Tá siñ ân-gar6 de'ii

the price. . - luač.

L00k at thât Cambrick, Fé8 aı* aiî cCambrie

Sir. siñ, a Sha1. · · ·

How doyou like it? Cïhnás ¢aićiiiēen letę

It will do very well. ] * **o čhōić ú. -

- GAF LI«C

GAELIC GRAMMAR.

-^、\v•

124R7，” *V.

-ww&\\we

oF PRosODY.

—→eeee«&eeøes— *

CHAP. ł .

*

-

-

*

~ THERE are in Gaelic three kinds of verse,

piz. Dáñ díječ, Bþui}imgčeēt, and Ogláčas.

Of these the first is tbie most esteemed for

:harmony and regularity, and is, as O’Mołloy

affirms, the most obstruse and difficult kind of

composition under the canopy of Heaven.

In Dáñ díþe& are required seven things,

diz. 1. A certain number of Quartans in each

verse, or Nujřhiji ce&*øùhan. · 2.- Number of

syllables in each Quartan, Cinntećt fillaò. 3.

Concord, \Jaım. *:4. Correspondence, Comh

áÑdaò. 5. Termination, Rinn. 6. Union,

of Alliteration, uaiłne. 7. Chief, or Head,

©enn. - * * * * -

* ** : : ' •

* - l• 4 52war

*

* 156

1. 4 2uartan, or Hemistick, is the fourtk

part of a verse, or tetrastich, commonly called

j*amñ imlán. The Irish, like the Persian

poets, generally place two Quartans or mem

bers of a Couplet on the same line, and not

the first above the second as we do: both would

write the following verse in this order:

With rawish'd ears, The momarch ñears,

Assumes the God. - Affects to mod.

The first Distich, consisting of two Quartams,

is called Seolaò, or the leading half verse ; the

second Coiñad, or the close. Every verse

7must make perfect semse ly itse!f, without any

dependance on the next : nay, every Distich

*may terminate a perfect sense independant

of the Other half verse. * * **

2. Tàe mumber ºf syllaöles is warious accord

ing to the kind verse. -

3. Concord requires two , words in each

G\uartan to begin with a Vowel, or with the

same Consonant ; as in the fokowing lines of

Gilla Kevin : -

&% Eolč« /Eipeñn áij*de,

Sloinnrō Do ěáć gøiî &áijide,

C« lín |*íš do šāB go G}*inn,

De #íl ïh«c %ıīeò *Eij*mh.

In the first Hemist¡ch, '€ijłenn and áipde

make a concord, both beginning with a Vowel;

in the second, cᢠand cáiyde, beginning with

- > · the

157

the sa?me Consonant c; in the third, gañ and

G}*inn ; and in the fourth, mac and &$l feò.

> Concord is either proper or âmproper ; the

proper, called uaim čluaise, because harmo

nious and pleasing to the ear, is where the two

last words of the G\uartan make a concord.

The improper, is when the concord is not

made by the two last words. But here observe,

that an J«j*mbéj1]a, i. e. am Z1rticle, Adverb,

Prepositēom, or Comjumctiom coming between

any two words, neither makes nor hinders a

concord ; as C« lím |1íš do šøB Go GHⓇinn ;

here go neither forms a concord with šab or

G]* inn, nor does it hinder one. But if an

}ajømbé¡*lw, be compounded with a Noun.

Pronoun, Adjective, or Verb, it makes a concord ; as, • * - -

'O's de ¡éij* aii neič′ do gní,

(&$óide is integaisc ái]1dj#í,)

Tig les mo amhfes ań fuinn,

Bés ní hamòés a n-abj1ujm.

M*Dàire.

Here the Prepositions in; amh, an, in the 2n·l,

3rd and 4th lines do not hinder a concord.

Again in Tagaij* lem a flauř Eijine,–This.

shall be treated of more fully in its proper

place. The improper concord is called uam

rúfa, or uaim śnúise, because the poets

considered it pleasing to the eye only, beiiig

- P* - destitute,

158

destitute, in a great degree, of the harmony

which the proper concord imparts. -

P, aspirated, makes concord with f. When

f is aspirated, it does not make a concord, but

the concord is kept with the succeeding letter;

as%iͺ šI1áê, aij* uaihan, wij' fua¢. T. M*Dàire.

Here ua in uømhan, makes concord with u« in

#u«č; # not being pronounced at all. Aspi

rated g, before n, concords with n; as 'O°f de

j¡ejj* aii neič” do śní.

S, fo]lowed by a Wowel or Consonant, does

not concord with another s, unless it be fol

lowed by a Vowel, or by the same Consonant.

So sb, sc, sl, sm, &c. agree Only with sb, sc,

s], sm, &c. So ts agrees only with ts.

M*Dàire, though indubitably a poet of the

first authority, seems to have availed himself of

a very unusual and unwarrantable license in

making f concord with t, by prefixing & ; as

in this line from his Advice to a Prince:

Ní ïho}aõ go ttí ajj* mo ēšál.

Aspiration, Eclipsis, or the intervention of

any adventitious letter, does not impede a

concord. -

4. Correspomdemde, has some resemblance

to Rhyme. In order to understand it, we must

attend to the poetic arrangement of the Conso~

nàmtS : - -

1st, $,

Il 59

lst, S, stiied by the poets, the queen 0f

Consonants. * -

2nd, Three s0ft Consonants ; c, p, t.

3rd, Three fard; b, d, g.

4th, Three rough ; č, č, f.

5th, Five stromg or stiff°; nn, ll, 4}, m, ng.

6th, Seven light; þ, ě, ğ, ïh, ], n, 11.

Correspondence is of two kinds, perfect and

imperfect ; slán acas bþiste.

Perfect Correspomdence or Rhyme, requires .

an agreement imr quantity of Wowels, and Con

Sonamts of the same class ; as .

Comhøll bþejčþe bj*14ř4]# mhall,

Dujłnaïh dímfać, díò'n anffann,

Smáčt «iï* caj6denwj6, coi* síò,

Js bláò d’øij*šen«j\š ái]1dj#íš...

Here iñall and am;fann correspond, both ·

ending with a Consonant of the fifth class;

they also correspond in Vowels. So síö and

áir*dj1íš also correspond in Vowels and Con- °

sonantS. - * -* -

T?mperfect Correspomdemce, is the agreement

of words, in Voz»els omły, without regard to

Consonants ; this kind of correspondence al

lows that one word may end in a Wowel, and :

the other in a Consomant. -

Terminatiom, or þinn, requires that the last

word, in the second and foürth hemistichs, do

P. 2 exceed

1 60

exceedthat of the first and third byone syllable :

thus, if the first hemistich end in a word of ome

syllable, the second must end in a word of two;

the first is called þinn, or the ?minor termãna

tãom ; the second, á]*d#jnn, or major termã

watiom. So, if the minor termination be of

ttęo syllables, the major must be of three.–

This additional syllable, in the á]*djºjnn, does

not affect the correspomdemce.

FuáiÍ* Niall f]*asač, féćta# linn, (1) Sy]l.

' Céd giall a n-umhlaćt d' 'Eirinn, (2)

* Eił*e 4i]* tí aïi fþosaig go ì1« č, (1)

Uo čosain í gañ «en-č 4 £. (2)

Sećt cc« &« f« člá]* mBanb4, (2)

Do Buain d'foi#inn allřh»rºë4, (3)

%ir gać tæð do fhuíg %íēe, (2)

Do čuij* añ t-?%eē oiï*dñíge. (3)

′M6Con O'Clery.

All Enclitics, as sa, se, so, siñ, soiñ, søn,

sı, seo, ne, sá+, gle, Ho, an, úr*; to which add

′«en, uiÈe, mó11, óg, deš, seii, fíH, sí|*, and

all Adjectives that can be placed before their

Nouns, are allowed, by the poets, to form a

7major termination. ,

Umiom, or Alliteratiom, is the same with cor

respondence, excepting that the same Vowels

are not required in each place ; and in Poly

syllables it is only necessary that either be broad,

or both small : Ex.

]nmìnuın

I 6 1:

Jhihuin sNuwò bla1čšel a b|*wt, ,

'S a sluaš na ngaičõe#t glec,

Séis ñeihòuíòe caíne a ci1ot,

*$ f«íòe « stoc mbennõuíēe mbßec.

- E. O'Hussey. .

Here sluag and ngaiēôej*t in the second .

Quartan, agree with snuaò and blaičšel in ·

the first ; and f«íêe, stoc, and mbennñuíēe in

the fourth, agree with caíne, ci%ot, and iìeiñ- .

daíde in the third. .

N. B. The ânitial word, (called ujilann)

in the first Quartan of a distich, may indiffer

ently agree with the initial of the secomd, or

MOt. .

Chief, or #ead, is a Monosyllable which ;

concludes the second and fourth Quartans, im *

that kind of verse, called Sédna ; as le]1G and -

celg in the following Example : *

Dá eigne na n-innče]* jf41þsing;.

Náč ffua]]* Iul «ij* ìjnntjB le]4G, ,

Dá šéig þwilme i n-am « troj*wiš,

T\á čł1ønn dw1]1še w]]* čomha1þ čelg.

Lochlin òg O'Daly. .

An%mus is much the same with the împexfect

correspomdemce, .but that it requires an eoual ;

number of syllables in the words which corres

p9nd ; as, -*。

ł 62 -

2$ás d«ennaćt del6°aj# san dáii,

%$ás delò no l«ečèaćt no lúg,

T)o nós Gać meic þoimhi# |1íš,

Relc a šnímh ní doiJ]š òúr*.

Some make an amus between a and e ; burt

thisis improper and incorrect.

Oi, in a short syllable, will make an amus

with a i ; as in t*Oi¢ and flaič. *.

An Jaj*mbéþla, commonly translated an Ad

x'erb, under which name are included, Articles,

Prepositions, and Conjunctions, is said, by

O°Molloy and others, never to be concerned

in a comhá]*dwè, uajni, uaiřne or fhinn ; but it

must be understood, that all compound Ad

verbs, as go majč, go cjuin, and the like ; all

Expletives, as umor}{o, tH8, don, idijt, ařh,

čen4, &c. all proper Prepositions compounded

with pronouns ; as dínn, lem, &c. a!] ěmproper

Prepositions ; as a ffiaònuise, do čum, aij′ son,

&c. and all inseparable Prepositions ; as nemh,.

do, mı, ač, &c. may be concerned in the above

€aSeS ; as . *

Léj* jflaič-ne trà go ttuilte#*. .

Biajò añ þí da |1áòa ribh.

Co¡1 cáė go léir ta |*. a les.

G« beg chema a &*eise a tám, .

3%s meise wf dáñ eł*« ag %eè.:

O sengēub• sunmama,

\]]1]*« aiä šw dešBulg4 òO. .

Iº63

Ùo þí caÑ.wij* òóiğ a ndáii,

4mñuil muj* do fóip Ulltáii.

Another thing necessary. in correspomdemce, .

is, that the same word shall not be used twice

in the same hemistich in the same meaning.

But the poets admit of different cases of .

Nouns, and different tenses of Verbs occurring

twice ; as,

Coñiwll b]1eičï1e, b#11wč4]* mhøll.. •

Ríšim, and ]1íšim á les, may make a corres

pondence ; so as léip, and go léir ; giJe,

(9/ıiter, and gife, tohętemess, and the like; éigin,

- ì9ät. of éigem, mecessity, amd éigin, some ; cóiþ,

and is cóir ; mae Domhnaill, mac Ceričaill, and .

the like ; olc, and is olc ; áit, and is ait ; mái#, .

and is maić ; cHíč, emd, and c#íč, a territory ;

iad, and ní hiad; «en, ome, .and «en,: the ace;

dá, ttºo, anä dá, the deu.r; cúıG, five, and cúig, .

the cinq ; láiñ, and - lámh j*is ; t«eb, and t«eb

**is ; and a variety of othërs are permitted by

- the poets to occur in the same hemistich, .

with9ut-prejudice to correspondeïce. -

£HAP• .

ČHAP. I[..

* OF D&Ñ DíREÓ..

TłIE chief kinds of dáñ díreē, mo« in use, .

are five : Déiòiče, Sédna, Rann«ígečt fhóf»

Bannaígećt Beg, and Cafõaijin. The ancient

poets had a wast nunıber of. Other kinds, too .

numerous to mention in the present work. To.

each of these, correspondence and concord .

are indispensably necessary..

$. l . .

Of tòe verse called Žéjö1 òę..

In Uéi6íòe are required 6 things, , oig. Ist,

four Quartans. 2nd, seven syllables in each :

Quartan. 3pd, Gorrespondegce. . 4th, Con

cord, both. of which must be perfect in the .

last Distięh. 5th, Union, wbich also must be

perfect in the last Distich. 6th, Termination : :

Ex.

-

w

Sai#ilaim tþ1w** oiìe 0 Eñh4ın, .

le tþí macøiÑ %$uir*eòøiš, ,

Sláta gwrºgø go ngleic fhijł, .

%eic dwt« áj*dw lìisniš, .

Naísi

165

Naísı møc lJifn1š m« n-eč,

3%1]* enGriamh is «1]* OImeč,

Sq cúl djfuimčlečtać dualwč,

-&ęuj* &ęhu1]1če]*táč maj*cfluašwč.

Fej1 maj* ùhac lJisneć oiìe,

%eò méipšel mac Edaine,

Cì*oíēe 1s dwingñe 'ná dún clač,

3%innle a1]* Ju¢ is aij* îámhać.

'%ł*dán aiì mac óg oife,

3%1]* uaisfe is aij1 agřhá1þe,

Rosc neñhòé]1 ać glas map śloin,

Jn cør geliñéj*ać Sof}}aiš.

D, M. O'Daly.

$ 2

0f S6 d««.

SédNa requires eight syllables in the first

and third G\uartans ; and that the first and third

G\uartans do end in a word of ttoo syllables, and

the second and fourth in a word of ome syllable ;

termination, therefore, is not regarded in this

kind of verse, but every second and fourth

Quartan 7must form a perfect correspondence,

and every first and third may either make a

perfect or imperfect one : Ex.

Buıme na ffiJeò fuif Ruarcač,

Taj* #I1éjřh Chuinn do čonnøimh siad,

%$eiñic ]11wmh andrºom opp4,

D’ølt]10m čliø]* as up]* a 1«d.

- Fine

1 66

Fine Ru«r cać |*íšI*aiē Chonnaćt

% cclu ua¢wò aij* feò gwć fuinn,

Ní himgña Gell «c« u«1òe,

Sláta is fe|*** do čuaine Chuinn. -

Cièruaièe Ua hEošusa.

The Sédm« ïhó¡% differs from the common

only in this, that the distich always ends in a

word of three syllables ; as

Ù'#ij* &ogwiò cořhailtej* sí¢čájn,

Sen focal náč sá]*uíščej* ;

Ní $ ašann síò ačt fe]* fośl4,

Feò Bamb« ná mbán}di¢j*eē.

T. D. O'Higgin.

In SédNa řheòónqč, the first and third Quar

tans end in words of three syllables ; the second '

and fourth in words of two : Ex.

Feþþ silleē na salm hei#hòaiòe,

Ùo nıči wiþ lepřai6 linne,

%aiþg d0 5eiB añ Gloij» n-éttarBaiò,

Orëe wij* Öj*ég-f•lmaib bjmne.

š 3.

12«1111«jö6čt.

/

Rannaıòećt ïhór′ requires seven syllables ir

each Quartan, and every line to end with a

monosyllable. And it is also necsssary, that

the firstand secondQuartans should corresponq ·

with

\ 67

with the third and fourth ; between the seoond

and fourth, the correspondence must be per

fect: Ex.

lia scoþ ań mohgøBþuiš ïhóif1,

Lia c]łoò ag ollamìinaj\ö u41ù,

lla a čoin ní cejlte a1]* qñ féin,

Teij*ce « ngéill-sin is « sluøIš.

O. M*Craith. ·

Rannaiòečt ùeg differs from this, only

that the Quartans always end in words of tt('o

syllables: Fx -

T/o |ín gać linn 41#1 tj*4š«ò,

%Sqj* do ]1íš sjnn añ s«e]*fe*,

Níj* Jia bó is laćt gá línaò,

So ló ań j11šaò %]*t «enfej*.

51lla Bj*1štde Ua hEošusa.

$ 4.

C«[ö¢J1111.

The C«sõai]*n requires that each Quartan

terminate in a word of three syllables : Ex.

Seþc oþ¢a níj* B' inobča,

Tolča na ccleć ccóiñhfečta,

Ní čóij* ačt tonn |*ołÓajit4,

Re Goill fa fonn oiï*ećta.

M. O. Geràin.

There is a vulgar kind of CasBaiþn, called

cenntj10m, i. e. :heaty head, from the great- ..

1mes

1 68

ness of its head ; every G\uartan ending with

a word of four syllables : Ex.

%ac súd 4ip slîčt #inn-3Shannanáin,

%g súd añ slīčt sengiñaþfalláin,

% é]*la dluiř d]*omślanfulláin,

Cuić le nde]1ìiø dešmhannanáin.

There is another species of Dáiî díf1eč,

called Rinná]1d ; of which there are four kinds,

0äz. þeiō j¡ınná]1d, ijinnáj*d dáñá]*d, j*jnnáþd

tì1ínár*d, and ]4ınná]*d ceięj1ená]1d. Some

consist of five syllables ; as t

Gaiä aidıde d” 2(eò,

»* Faidide «iî fé]1.

Others of siar ; in which measure Aengus

wrote his Festilogy : Ex. - * * -

Re síl dalać daíneō,

T»ídeò in |1í |1emain,

Luid fo j*eēt n-á]1d n-a H«il,

Críst hi caİajn /Enaj]1.

This, as well as a multitude of other kinds

of verse, not having been used by any poet

within the last three or four centuries, I shall

not notice any further in the presemt work.

$ 5.

There are three other kinds of verse, all

in imitation of the Dáñ dír1eč, called ógláčør,

bþuilingčečt, and dł1oiśneč.

- Ogláčas

\ 69- -

ògláęas is made in imitation of all the kinds

of Regular Poetry above mentioned, especially

of the Déiõiòe and Sédna. When in imita

tion of the former, it has se0'em syllables in

each Quartan ; and eight in the first and third,

wher in imitation of the latter. It is neither

confined to correspomdemce, comcord, or union ;

ñor to true termination ; for the major may

exceed the minor by tú00 syllables ; as,

Boþb a ¢þe¢an 41]) gać tHáIš» (1)

Niall mac ećać muiščheèáin. (3)

Ogláčas, in imitation of Déiōiòe :

Sañ dún Úennać ēijianać šI*inn,

Do Úí añ tj*iač-#e]' cumuinn,

%sc Carºtáin éčtšoNać oll, ..

tþémþófda na ccø¢ d'altrom.

–in imitation of Rannaíšećt ùhó# :

'Egcáiþ do amhaÑcas I114ñ,

, %ñ folt fiaþ go niañ añ ó1]*,

No áñ thala coińê«el I*e scríb»

Jng¡i4ò díÜ mar a táim beo.

No añ déd smećtwiše tjIºm Tıuš»

|No **uuême aiî Ñuisc is GOIIm clóò,

' No a mama geþr is c]łujnne méS»

2. %hùipe chéd fáł ěeI*c*s fós !

The Bþuılımgřeèt is composed after the

•arne manner as the 'Ogláčar, but requires .

sotme kind of correspondence, at least an #*

proper one, and also a kind of comcord and

Q 14miom,

\170

umrom. Each Quartan must contain seven

syllables, and, in general, it is composed in

imitation of C«sòøij*n,—thus : -

%&ac č«eluiš ag cles«išećt,

Fa 6ún «eltúij* č’escc«j*ad.

The Dłoigneè, or thorxy, so called from

the difficulty of its composition, admits of from

*ıine to tñirteem syllables in a Quartan. Every

G\uartan must terminate in a word of three

syllables. Every final word must make an

wniom with another in the beginning or míddle

of the next Quartan of the same distich, and

requires a correspondence in the close : Ex.

%$ac flača Fáil t]łes aii ffelloišrè,

Gj*ennoiòiš a ccač« doč]1áiğ a tt#Om#«luiē;

Suíšes ań áij*djříš ós boinn mbinneÎaig,

Cjñeiñaiii 4ffaij*6j1íš doêóiē fá m« collaòai6.

E. O'Hussey.

There are other kinds of verse called aBþán

or búþdún, and caíneò ; these not being much

esteemed by good poets, and being chiefly

used by illiterate people, shall be omitted for

the present.

The Licemses, in Gaelic Poetry, are not

many ; the principal, are these following:

An Elisionor şynala•pha is the cutting offthe

emdhig vowel, when the next word begins with

a vowel; and pronouncing the two syllables in

ore ; as mó]* a tá aij* čegasc Flata ; here 4,

in aij*, is not pronounced ; béing, as it were, .

-- cut

17 1

cut off. Whenboth the Wowels are long, there

can be no Elision ; as a táim fá ia]4šnó ó 'ñ

éēt. An Elision ′eyen takes place before. a

ConsOnant; as,

Cj*ić foþ mºēéd,

%ēõøl éēt,

'Eęt dom ¡¡uøēt.

Lib, Lecan.

The broad Vowels are indifferently used ; as

fásaid, fásoid, fáruid; not, however, indiscri- →

minately in every situation ; but only in termi- '

nations, which are not radical, but added to the

root; for we could not write fósaid.0r fúsøid»

for fásaid, by any license. In afew monosyl

lables, a and o are commutable ; as.cáijł» cóił*3 -

mář, mó¡* ; cos, cas ; cloč, clać ; bos» bøs,

&c. So o and u ; as dul or dol, cuj* 0r coþ»

Gul or gol. %Seise, meiñic, meic, seiîi, may

be written for mise, miñjc, mjc, siñ ; so meiI*t

or niþt, ceiþt or cij*t, leic or lic, &c. In the.

middle or end of words, ò and ś are often

commutable. *

The poets take great liberties with the '

compoundpronouns; for øgwd, theywrite 4Gwt;

for øs«d,-«fat ; for čuige,-čug« ; for Duit» they *

use duıd, doıt, doid, dø1d, dait, dejt ; for

dúinn,-dúnn, dún ; for dóib,-dáiÐ ; for fujče,

faiče, foiče ; for fúinn,-fúnn, fáinn, fóinn $

for let,-]at ; for leis,-løis ; for linn,-leinm.

Q 2 So,

--

-

172*-*

So, 0#ám, om *me ; or*at, thee ; uij*ēe, he* ;

oi]*n, us ; oiþþ, 3ye ; oj1]*ča, t/ie7m. Rium, «'itñ

*me $ 141ut, *11unn, þiub. For tr1ím, throug/»

?me, &c. they use trorham, tþomhad, t}]oiñhe,

tì%oimpe, &c. or tj*Exham, tremat, t}}eimhe,

tßeimpe, &c. For u4im, from 7me, &c.—uam,

u41d, uø1ö, u«1òe, uønn, u«òwiÐ, u« ò4. For

umann, om 7me, &c.—Imam, imad, ime, impe,

imainn, &c. For innam, in *me, &c.–ønn4m,

ann«d, «nnáinn, annaiõ, 4nnt4.

The ancients wrote fþłm, fþft, fïir, fþ14,

&c. for řïm, *t, þis, &c. - -

Robdaj* and Hoptar, are written for Hañ

adáþ or ¢o þáda]*, th¢y «'ere ; aiþ n« 6áþaê,

for 41]* na mñá]1 ač, om the morrow ; aðáin, for

amh4jn, aðome.

In anuas, a ]#ís, anoij*, « nís, anos, anois,

amháin, a#«en, wþoi]'e, and the like : the poets

affirm that there may be a concord formed

either with the initial Wowel or with the suc

ceeding Consonant.

In prose, as well as in poetry, we find ináid,

aiþid, written for ıná “táid, tham are ; «1j* a

táid, for they are.

Having now completed this intricate subject,

I shall conclude the Prosody with the following

-compliment

173

compliment to a Persian poet; which every

Gael will look upon as justly merited by th

poetry of his own.country. -

- - • -~ • * ..

lēšl~ y!»=>. J#»=

•ã= \-ás cXjLš| 93 -lºî ×. -

*.- !y!#;š.

O Háfiz / zwñem tkow composest 0erses, thou

seemest to 7make a string 0f pearls : come, simg

tñem sz»eet(y : : for heavem seems to have shed .

om tky poetry, the. clearmess ama beauty 0f the.:

À8léi«ds, , `s

&\32 &AF.1.IC.

*

GAELIC GRAMMAR.

-\\\\\=

PART V.

-=q&\=

OF COAWTFºAO'T7O ÅWS′ A AV1) 69G H.AX¡7.

–•e•••••••–

cHAP. 1.

Qf Contractioms.

THIE Irish, like all other nations, before the

invention of printing, contracted their writing

as much as possible to save labour and wellum :

the modern MSS abound with a vast number

of silly contractions, invented by schoolboys ;

these, I have not thought necessary to explain,

being as useless as they are numerous ; in the

MSS of a few centumries ago, the same contrać

tions occur, as are to be met with in Saxon

and Latin MSS of the same age. The• Plate,

I trust, will be found more systematic and to

contain more contractions than were ever given

in any grammar before.

- - • Whenı

175

When any of the Vowels is set ower a Con

sonant, it carries the force of **. and its own,

either before or after, but almostalways before;

aS»

«» e 1 - 0 uı

d• T» T• T» T•

- ę. e.

t]*4, the, tI*1, tr*o, t]*u.

07*

tø]*, te]*, T1]1, tOfł, tu|*.

*

When this mark, w, is set over a Consonant,

it carries the force of |1a ; as-

* - 4* 4»

G» ?. é. G}\ 4 $ ¢» 7. e. T]*w $ f, 3. e. f#*.

This mark has been generally supposed to

be the letter n ; but any man versed in old

MSS will immediately perceive it to be only

another mode of writing the letter q , -

This mark, *, Over a Consonant, has the force

of e]* ; and two of them staııd for e¡*]1, as

* *

f, ã, e. fe]1 ; f, ã, e. feHł*.

A Small stroke or dash over a Wowel has the

force of n, two of them stand for nn, as, ì, õ;

a dash over n, makes it nn ; as ñ.

The above rules being general, but few

*examples of them are inserted in the plate.

É.xp/ama#iom

*.

176

£rplanai* ºf the Pale..

The numerals refer to the

contractions under each letter..

21,

1, i. e. an..

2, 4nn.

3, 4}*«w.

4, ač.

5» « s.

6, Á0ãcemma.

B

l» i. e. ben,

beij*, õail.

2, baò, buò,

bøn.

3, buıòe..

4, be#t,

bøı]*t..

5, bqj*..

6, mb. .

7, brfe.

8, ber}..

9, b«l.. :

10, b«ll... "

1 :l ,. Wf.

12, bł*: *

C

13 - céd.

2,. cédN« , .

8, cOnn» .

C€MIÑl• .

4, cıò d14 tá..

5, ce}*t.

6, cecimât, ē. e..

he sumg 0?

composed

(the poem.)

7, célie, Cu– :

čulønn.

8, cO]*C, ce}*c.

9, cum..

2Z)' ,

1, â. e, don, .

D«4.

2, dOnm.

3, dubš.

4, dub4ıþt.

5, de gøč ï\íò.

6, deH4G,

7, do..

8, d\On.: .

9, dul. .

10, di.xât, à. e.

he saìd.

£

1, ei]'e.

2, /E1j*e.

33. e, €*• .

number of the

*F

1, foj*, féiñ.

2, fomm, finm.

3, feì*G.

4, fui]. -

5, fuj*taēt•í-.

Ges.

6, fuač.

7, fad.

8, feò.

G.

1 , Guj*.

2, Gøñ, 5wč.

3, Gøč.

4, G4d.

5, gaÐ.

6, eıþše3G}}e.

7, Gølø]*.

8, G4]*G.

b,

13 ég.

2, egl4..

3, hu«iš.

4, chuøiòs

5, %š41ò. .

J:

1, ıò0N.

2, 1]*,

177

£, 1þ. *

3, inšín, in.

2~

41

% míìiåñnfáih } {}}}º°*fo, i. e.'it is ż: imoiłro.

#ó? difficult, 3. aihqil,amen

?io #isï¿eř #» Gºñ*n.your ques- 3: M%C.

íãom./ , mwd.

5, e1]e. 7, maille.» »

6, 14 . 8, m»1č.

7, 1s.

8, #¡e. N′

9, $moþ¥o. 1, Nn.

10, 1jºj*. . . . 3, M4č, Hoč,

nø1ō.

T 3, nemh, nımh.

4, ne**t.

1, ÑO. . 5, n«w. -

2, noć ;—this 6, '€1]1enn, ~

sometimes 7, Neiře.

stands for · .

féinečas,in O

the Brehon •

LawS. 1 , onn.

3, leBa |*. *

4, luaòtøH. P

5, dleša I*. 1, per, pþo.

6, léišes. 2, penn.

7, cl«nn. 3, Hippocrates.

8, «lad. *, *

9, bì1wGaiñ. 12

10, cloiòeiñ. -

I 1, glan. 1, H\4ò, ł%n. :

12, glenn. 2, 44nn.

13, Gltw1ō. 3, ł*«ib,H1qíòe.

14, slán. 4, }1}1.

15, slwaš. 5, ]1}*, 1]*.

16, flø1č. 6, ï%uc.

1,

S

1, 4čt.:

2» sij!.

3, saìòe, suaē

4, scél,* se]*c.

5, ječ. ' *

6, sin. · '

, 7, su7*t, ?. e.

they are.

Ç

táH, t4n.

Tqj*, teH*.

dì*4, t»]% ,

dá1d. -

5, tt.

6, ce]4t.

7, Tuc, tug.

8, Daòg. *

9, item. . -

2»

3,

4,

10, Tuača De

dqYiq\MM.

1 1, toil, tal.

U1

1, umO#ł10. :

-><=><-=

JMi•dellam£ouf,

l , m.

2, m.

3, n, buł more

cowm?monly

for us.

4, di.

~ 5, díþ.

6, de,

′ 13, uı**.

:

%

6, de.

7, d4. • '

8, £st, is.

i » 9, **. -

l0, d«}}*.

l 1, u.

12, uı.

l4, umo]***o.

l 5, e. -

16, eq.

l-7, E1, . . .

18, acar, et, éd.

19, «c«s, éd,

20, eō. -

2ı, édaē. ' ° 36,'ui.

22, et c«etera. 37, aíòe.

23, acws «]1oi]'e 38, Cr#íst.

24, cenn. 39, different

25,°édtþom. modes of

26, 0]*. writing %.

27, 4]1]*. t 40, do. of N,

28, aij*. 41, d9.of JN.

29, cu. 42, .foúr kimds

30, cum. 0f 4.

31, Cuêulønm. 43, coł* f« &o32, Cučonnačt ám.—See

33, ca, calarm. urther in

34, cařa. . this page.

35, com. 44, ts, 2.

IN old MSS, when astanza or sentence ends

in the middle of a line ; the next stanza Or

sentence begins the next line, and isbrought

up to fill *he vacant space of the line above,

distinguishing the former period by these, or

some such marks, t~, C\\D, (2)» 0//0, which

are called cenn fa eite, or cór fa cosán ;

this is exactly like our′bracket or the boustre

: phedon of the Greeks : Ex.

Tig do *ñ #íš *á\ó go

ffiaòain, Cf0 #lagail.

*3{$q Édo Gní neñ

Which must be read thus :

Tig do 'ñ 1íš #áë go pláòain,

384 é do ğní Meih}}1wgail.

CHAP. 11:

I

T |

*- *[ #, ．. ï ! |2. ** ly 9. c |., & | * - # \gh| f þ. ñ /. j*

z,» d]\* --» - '|* r | 。 * ||a, Wi F • • • ł». s* |o. ni *. f -

*. & *. 5 c. H| |. C4 ä $ 7. cs 7. iii

- . → |.q. - t -

7. â 7. } ] a. ai“ |ø. iìn', 1. t

J. « *. F *. $ •. bfn *. t.

6. Wü P: £š|y. $ | |.. .**| || 0 || |. č

1 ... ．.. *

*. f 6. š 1 7. gh 2. 5 *. t

g-&: *. * *. trt

*.ftj'¡ . 5. - i·* gF - -

, g |7. G F. " } *. t*t

. F •, gg|f hï • g. : £

Ē |* - |«. ff S | _7. + *. ni *. tg

*• - . i * -

6. F 0. 1. ** '; þ | | |º iº

• * º. F • f |»tdd.

- •8. * z, 9 3. ï |w. &

I3 o. $' _ |**. ]

.. • P -w. |º

7 . 6 - ». * | * ìP **. 5 d e N i s

-

-3. 6&> |z. Ş z. ïì 6. |í

*. bt -* - ñ - -

4 5 | C |*. 5 c•e *. 7. st

, 5 |x. c |*. $ | :: .*. *

, f, |:°}'*,. \$=|*. ě l) 7. int

- - .5. t* n. R ll

*. b |«edtþ.dgn ñ -

•. ö |*. ¢t o. 5G fi -. 1: z. ù

2. \; |6.cTï, *, *. I:- 17. cc - .*. 11

m. bf as. gT• |º. do ]

.*/»æ7•• ww.w*

z. -~ |z 2 |w*. \#

*. # |ø. :* |*v.. #

.*. # |•. « |**. ['

7. ò |w. 3 |xo. f.

J. 8» |z. n" |z |¡ -

• a: |**. n; [**. f¢ |**.

*

*

-

་

-

-

-

- -

--

-

。

*-

。

-

-

-

。

-

-

* *

-

-

*

、 **

。 --

-

:。

-

。-

-

* -

.-

-

-

179 -

:CHAP. Ii. *

0f Ogham. ... "

The.0gham is.an occultmanner of writing,

chiefly confined to monumental inscriptions ;

but is said to have been also employed by the

ancients in sacred rites. There are several

kinds of Oghams in the book of Ballymote ; -

the most common of them is explained in the

plate ; for a further explanation, the reader

is referred to the various works of the learned

and indefatigable General Vallancey. The

following old poem may also'illustrate it: -

Beiė,”1-« b«£11«« Do111 1ęj& De}{,

20c«:{ Luis t'I«{ G¢11 £}{te}{,

Fer*n T1«Ju11, Saif c£čit¢1t }{ eō,

2\c&{ Nuñ J11« cúIG€11.

uaē *11-« b«€11«r t'O111 1ejč ct4,

2\cę{ Dui]* DJ&{ G&11 11ęIñ1111.

- Tinne tiqu11; céē1«r do Choii,

Ceijit *1-¢ cúIGėjt 11Í é£10111. »

′ qquiä YJ&11č1\{{11« 141óï1 «11 14100,

- >Z»)«{ DO’11 Ghoþt, t#jujt DO*** Ngiatol.

'St¡*aif *11-¢ cęč1\d 11 G«11 "t'OÍ1š£,

Ruis *11-¢ cúIGę1lcOiï1{OIšče.

<Xilm *1-& b«€11«I\ t«11[11« « 11u«[,

2LC{{ Onn "t'Já{ GO 11t)êšč11u«[.

′uji t1ju11 ; €òa cęč11«« c«J11.

J{

180)

J{ īša cúJg£11 D’ºfbeš«J*1.

Eõa *11-& c11ó}{ Iin dtı1 cc««46,

Oir *11-d bu 1j16 buIgbtačéaºÍ*1.

• Uillenn *1!-¢ 1ú,b DOD 1áJñ1 tºč}{,

N^d dęć do ù1ę11111« t«}té}{.

C£Jč11€ €16°[c« « n-ifin áñd;

7)« 1ęč t»ê}{ b€11«{ g«č Bá}tt'.

* 2\ bcét &\fhančoll **11 « 1è,

Z)ô 1eć t«ęö 11a cj\q.Íöę, b..€..j..č.

N. B. The Diphthongs: and Triphthongs

beginning with e ; as ei, éo, eo}, caìled EÈá,

are all distinguished by a cross.(x) That be

ginning with o, called 'O1]1, is marked by a

circle. Those beginning with u, called lJillenn,

are all imported by a curve (S) below the line.

Two strokes drawn below the line, with two

others passing through them, iamporta?y Diph

fhong or Triphthong beginning with i, called

ìfín.. Four strokes Tabove the İine, with four

others drawn horizontally through them, import

any Diphthong beginning with á, called'&%rñan

ėoll. A curve drawn both above and below the

line,(S).or four strokes drawn obliquely from

right tO le ft through the line, imports ts Or z,

called S***ai f. These two letters, tï, are

often represented by a figure extremely like

the Hebrew Y, ts, ... see the miscellameous part

óf the plate, No. 44. Cu, or q, çalled cejig or

ceij*t, is imported by five perpendicular strokes

above the line. Sóme represent p, by a line

drawn parallel to the c]*«eò or ste?n line 5

thus, -, - - - *

A wOCABULARY .

181

A VOCABULARY,

con*Taınıno

ALL the most common Noums of the Gaelič

Language, except those ip ín, óg, aćt, án,

ai]*e, áiòe, &c. mentioned in page 200, shew

ing their Gender and Declension.- -

*, ` - * - ❤.

*m. Stands for masculine ; f, feminine ; m.f.

*masculiºle more commonly than feminime;f, *m.

feminine rather than masculine.

The figures point out the respective Declen

sions, and this mark (f) shews that there is

some irregularity in the inflection ofthe Noun,

and refers the learner to the exceptions to such

Declension.” - -

% &%el, m. 1. lime.

%b, *m. 2. + abbot. 3%emaò, *m. 2. bending,

3%þac, m. 1. a dwarf. " %en4č, m. 1. a fair.

3%þain, J. 4. a river. &%ër, ?n. 1. air, sky.

3%þÈan,.f. 3. a wafer, * ?(es,f. 3. age.

%č«ò, *m. 1, a field. %g«llwùi, m. 2. conver

%čt, *m. 2. condition, sation

aCt. - %š» 7m. 2. an Qx.

"%õ, 7m. I. good luck. %íôell, f. 3. or m. 1.

%òwj*c, f 3. a horn. a spark of fire.

"%ò6qj*, 7m. 1. cause, %iÐéjs, f. 4. the sea,

reasOn. " [ing. boasting. [het.

&òlacwò, 7m. 2. bury- %ibšitiI*, f. 4. alpha

%òmacal, 7m. }}}|º- %ibíd, f. 3. a habit; pl.

2(ònaćt, m. 2. Í al. *ibídw.

%čj*4ò, ?m. 2. adora- &%icíd, f. 3. a disease,

tion. accident; pl. aicída,

%e, ?m. 7. the liwer. %if}}łn, 7m. 1. the sa

3\eòj*aò, ?m. 2. Jam- crifice of the mass.

pooning. %ıgñe, f. 7. the mind.

R * %ilgef,

I 82

3%ilges, J. 3. desire, 37]t, m. 1. ajoint, a hill.

l9nging. 3%ltóij1, f. 4. an altar.

%ill, f. 4. a clif#. . %m, *m. 2. time. " .

&illis, f. 4. a canker. 3%ïha]*c, m. 1. sight.

3{1]m, f. 4. an elm. . 3(iñjfá, f. 7. an élegy.

3%ilt, J. 4. a knife, the &mhþus, m. 1. douôt.amkle. 3%mur, m. 2. attack.

3%jmre]1, f. 3. time. %ná], J. 3. the breath.

- 8%mdeþ, f. 3. f a young %nam, m. 2, f the soul.WOIMan. . . T &%nçoire, m. 6. an an

%iñm, m. 4, + a name. chor.

3%iñís, f. 3. anise. - 2(nge]', m. 1. an Angel.

"3‰i]*d, f.. 4. prosperity. &\níêt, m. 2. cruelty,

"3%1j*de, f. 6. height. inhospitality.

3%ij*eč, 7m. 1. a nōble. %nþó, m. 6. misery.

%irgît, m. 1. silver. %pa, 7m. 7. an ape.

. %ij*eiñ, m. 2. number, "%**, m. 1. slaughter.

enumeration. [lace. "?4}14, f, 7, the loin.

"%iþne, ?m. 6. sloe, bul- f%j1a, m. 7. a page, ser

3%iþnéis, f. 4. cattle, want. " -

furniture. ' %j1áñ, “*m. 1 bread.

2%isling, f. 4. a dream. "?4î1 as, 7m. . 1. room,

%isnéis, f.4. narration. apartment.

%iste, f. 6. a poem. ' '?%]*łš4, f. 6.'%jt, f. 4. a place. '%j*Ðar1,7m. 1. } COrn.

%ıtenn, m. 1. furze. %þc, f. 3. a chest, ark,

%1čñe, f. 6. + com- a lizard. [pig.

mandment, know- ?7]1c, m. 2. a young

ledge. %]1dáñ, 7m. 1. pride,

%ičþis, f. 4. recital. hillock. [pion.

%idide, f. 7. \ submis- %j*g, *m. 1. a cham

%itidiii, f. 4. }:! %ï1m, m. 1. weapon,

%1tHeb, m. 2. a dwel- army.

ling. %þmái], f. 5. armour. .

%lltus, *m. 1. savage- ?\ rºticul,7m. 1.an article.

ness. %s, f. 2. a shoe.

%lřha, f.6. afìock,herd. 2(sa], *m. I. æln as%lt, f. 3. nursing. %saiñ, f, 4. } S.

: %scall,

| 83

R%scall, f. 3. armpit.i i

%scñ«ö, m. 2. \ as0en

%scñamh,'0m.2.}: -

3%siìa, 7m. 6. a rib.

&%t, 7m. 1. a swelling.

3%č,-?n. 2. . a ford ; pl.

Wčwnna. .

%t«, f. 6* a hat.

%tai¡1, ?m. 5. + a father.

%čá s, 7m. 1. rejoicing. "

%čwif, f. 4. reproach,

abuse. [quest.

?{#čuinge, .f, 6. a re

&%čj*wč, ?m.. 1. a bwat.

. B. . .

Baþun, 7m. l... a bawn.

Bac, 7m. 2. impedi

ment. ... [staff

Baćul, f. 3. a stick,

Bád; ?m. 1. a boat.

Báòþ, f.. 2. wulture, a

scold.

B«ešøl, m. . 1. danger.

Baic, f. 4. a crook. .

BaiFe, 7m. 6. f a tOWn.

Baillı, m. 6: abailiff.

Baine, 7m. 6. milk.

Báij*e, 7m. 6. a game,

hurling. [a cake.

Baiþgen, f. 3. or m. 1.

Baís, f. 4. folly.

the head. [limb.

Ball, 7m. 1. spot, }ace,Bølla, 7m. 6. a Wall

Bañair, f. 4. * a-wed

ding.

Baj*«, 7m. 6. a barrow.

Baj*wïñui],f 5. an-opi

nion, a simile.

Bá}{c, f. 3. -a boat. .

Bá]*d, m, l... a poet, •

bard.

Baj*dwl, m. 1. a drake..

Baj*]*. 7m. 1. laead, top,

SU\ IÑIMIt. .

Ba}1ún, 7m. 1. a bàron.

Bás, 77. 1. death.

Bør, f. 3. palm of the

hanJ. -

Bafcéd, m.. 1. a basket.:

Bwtw, 7m. 6. a stick.

Bé, f. 6. a woman.

Beč, f. 3. a bee. .

Béıc, f. 4. outcry. [cut.

Béim, f. 4. " + a blow,

Bei¢,.f. 4. birchtree.

Bél, ?m. 1. ºf imouth. . .

Belqč, ?n.: 1 .. a way,

road. [wife.

Ben, f. 2. + a woman,

Benm, f. 3. f summit,

mountain. [sing.

Benmačt, 0m. 2: a bles

Bé**la, m. 6.— a lan

guage. [deed.

Be¡1t,` f. 3. action,

Be**t, m. 1. a burden.

Béf, m. 2. behaviour 3 · ·

Baičes, m. 1. crown of tribute, gem. bésa.

Be¢4, f. 7. life.

Bia ò, m. 1. food, meat; -

gem. biè.

TR. 2 Bíò]4, .

184

*

${bl•, m. 6. abible. . &ášaid, f.. 4.},...;Bïfar*, 7m. 2. water- B]1áša, f. 7. }nec -

cress; gem. bîfaij» or Bj*øš4, 7m. 7. a cap

Bïfþ%. tIWe. -

Bıīe, 7m. 6. an old tree. B*aič, f. 5. malt.

BıNme, f. 6. \ har- B]1wt, m. 1. a cloak.

Binnes, 7m. 3.}]ì, Bj14 č, 7m. 2. treache

melody. ry, design. [dard.

Bì#, m. 2. + a spit, Bþát«č, J. 1. a stan

sharp point. [well. Briačaij*, m. 5.f abro

B{}}, m. 1. water, a ther. . . .

Biseč, m. 1. prosperi- B]*ec, *m. 1. a troyt.

ty, encrease. Bþec, f. 3. smallpOx.

Bl«dø]*, 7m. 1. flattery. Bþég, f.. 3. a lie.

B}as, 7m. 1. taste. . . ^ Bþeis, .f. 4. encrease.

Bla#, 7m. 2. blossom, Bï*eiř, f 3. judgment.

flower. . . :: Bþeičeřh, m. 2. f_a

B}iašwiñ, f. 5. a year. Judge. [strength,

Bliēt, m. 2. + produce, Bþíš, f.. 3. force,

fruit. Bþisleč,′m. 1. a derout»

Blomoc, f. 3. fat, suet. defeat.

Bo, f. 7. + a cow. B|* o, f. 7. + a quern.

Bóčna, f. 7. the sea ; Bþoc, m. 1. f a bad

gem... bóčnaò. [churl. ger. - -

Bodač, m. 1. a rustic, Bþóg, f. 3. a shoe.

Boğa, 7m. 6. a bow. Bþollač, 7m. 1. bosom,

Bolg, m. 1. f belly, preface.

bag. [the foot. Bþóñ, m. 1. sorrow.

Bonn, ?m. 1. f sole of Brosña, 7m. 6. a fag

Boj*d, 7m. 1. + a table. _ got. -

Boč, m. 2. a house. Brña, f. 7. + the womb;

B]1«cønn, f. 3. agaunt- gem. br*uinne, or,

let ; gem. b]1øicme. bþonn. -

Br: «eñ, 7m. 1. a drop. Bþuač, m. 1. brink,bor

Bj*wdán, ?m. 1, a Sal- der; gem. błuðiē.

1Ñ0]]. Bþuēt, ?m. f. 2.abelch.

B|1uíšeii, f. 3. a palace.

Buabaiì,

} 85

BuaÑøl], m. 1. a musi- CáIn, f. 5. + tribute, .

cal horn. ... fine. -

Bu«čaill, f. 7m. 5. a CáimGeii, f. 3. areason.

boy, cowherd. .. Caint, f. 4. speech.

Buwiē, f. 5. victory. Cáij*de, f. 6. delay,

Buaiñe, J. 6. peïpe- Cajºder, m. 2. frieñd

tuity. ship. ^.

BuÈe, f. 6. madness. C41]1éiñ, *m. 2. + a shoe

Buille, f. 6. a blow. . maker,enmbroiderer.

Buıme, f. 6. a nurse. Cá1]*neč, ?m..1. a priest :

Bun, m. 2.f root, föun- of the Sun. .

dation, bottom. Cáise,.f. 6. cheese.

Bunaõas, 7n. 1. Origin. Caiäwiìiwıīi, .f, ö. pro

- - nunciation. [rule.

Cá móiñ, f. 5. a canon,

C. ' Cønnóiii, f. 4. a can

- []0IÑ. . [cle.

CaBai]1, f. 5. help. Cam&ıc, f. 4. a canti

Cabidj], f. 4. a chap- C4pwll, 72. 1. ºf a borse

ter. . Or I¥ìą2°e. . "

CábÈaõ, 7m. 1. a cable.. Cørºa, f, 7. · a friend.

C«e]*, f. 3. a berry. Caþb«d, îm. 1. a cha

C«eþ,f 2. a firebrand; , riot, jaw, gum.

fol. c«e]*čw. Caþc«1]%, J. 5. f pri

C«ej*a, f.. 7. f sheep. Ⓡ, _ som. [of stones.

Caíče, f. 6. blindness. Cá]*w, 7m. l... a carn,

Cá1], f..4. quality, Con- C«]*]1wic, f. 4. a rock. *

dition.: » Cas.ú]*, 0. 1. a hauw

C«ilc, f. 4. chalk. . ^ mùèr. . . .

CaíÈe, .f. 6. smalness. * Cad, ?2. l. f a cat.

C«1Èíii. m. f. 1. a girl ; Cač, ?*. 2. a battle.

p/. ca1]íñ1ò. Q aćwl}*, f. 6. f a city.

Cã1} ís, f. 3. a chalice: Cača ij*, f. 5. $ a chair. .

Cailléč, f.. 3. an .old C«čÐ »j*j*, m. 1. a he!

wOMQą.N. . [ness. . met. [umph.

Caime, f. 6. crooked- C«čj%31m, f. 4. $ tri

Caimis, f, 4. a shirt» Cé, f 6. the earth. .

cherwise. ' Cećt, ïm. 2. a leSSOn. .

R 3 , Céčt«, ;

*

*

*

186 -

Céčtù,.7m. 6. a plough. Cí]13 f. 3. a conib;

Ced, 7m. 1. perimission. Cír, m. 2. rent ; gen.

Cédfaê, 7m. 2. a sense, čís a.. . -

facu!ty, opinion. Ciúiñais, J. 4. a bor

Céd}onGaē, 7m. 1. der. - -

breakfast. Cìa ts,.f. 5. + a fùrrow.

Ceideiñ, m. 2. f May. CJann, f. 3. + children,

Céife, *m. 1. a spouse. issue. [table.

CeıJeÑ]1 wò, *n. 1. a Clár, 7m. 1. a board,

farewe!. [degree. Cléi*, f. 4. the clergy.

Céim, f. 4. f a step, Cléij*€č, *m. I.f a clerk,

Cé1]4, f. 4. wax. _clergyman.

Ceij#ím, f. 3. a poultice. Cìes, 7ñ. 2. a trick. -

Cé1s, f. 5. f â pig. CFiáb, 7m. 1. a basket.

9\eift, f. 4. a qüeštion. Cł13]*, J. 3. an assem

Celg, f. 3. treachery, _bly.

deceit. Cliw#, f. 3. a hurdle.

Cell, f. 3. a church, CFo, *m. 6. a peg, print.

cell ; ge7. cille. CJoč, f. 3. f a stone.

Cenn, 7m. 1. f the head. CÈog, m. 1. + a bell.

Cenn.ws, 7m. 2. authori- Cîuáiñ, f. 5.+ a lawn,

ty. [stock. level plain.

Cep, 7m. 1. a block, Cluas, f. 3. an ear.

Ce**c, f. 3. a hen ; gem. Clúnñ, m. 2. a feather.

cif*ce. Cñ»g, f. 3. or. m. 1. a

Cej*d, f. 3. a trade. knock.

Ceþt, 7m. 1.justice. Cñámh, m. . 1. a bone.

Ceo, m. 7, f a fog. Ciìap, m. 1. a knob.

Ceo], 7m. 1. music. Cneiõ, f. 5. a wound.

CiaB, f. 3. alock of hair. Cñes, m. ... 1. f skin,

Ciall, f. 3. seuse, rea- néck.

• sOn. Cñoc, 7m. 1. $ a hill.

Cíč, f 3. a pap. Ciîu, f. 7. + a nut.

Ciñe, m. 6. a tribe. Cñu4s, 07. 1. a collec

Qiñél, m. 1. a sort, tion. . [gem. ciiúñia

kind. [chance. Ciìúrñ, J. 2. a 1:55ºt;Ciñeiñ«iïi, f. 5. fate, Coê»], 77. 1. a cowl. .

- 。 - Cogad,•

\ *

3

i87

Cogaõ, *m. 1. + war.

Coga]1, m. I.. a whis

per, conspiracy.

CoiÈeč, *m. 1. + a cock.

Coille, f. 4. f a wood ;

p!. coillte.

Cóip,f. 4. a copy.

Coij*, f. 5. + siñ.

Co1]*ce, m. 6. oats.

Coij* e, 7m.. 6. a caul

dron. [step.

Coiscéim, f4. +apacè,

Cóisij*, f. 5. + a feast.

Coide, 7m. 6. a canoe,

boat. -

Col, 7m. 2. an impedi

ment ; gem. coil,

cuil, cola. [flesh.

Colann, f. 2. + body,

Colg, ?m. 1. f a sting,

prickle.

Côll, 7m. 1. hazle.

Com. 7m. 1. + the waist.

Com«ij*ce, f. 6 pro

tection . . . [munion.

Comaíñe, f 6. com

Comhaiþle, f.6.counsel,

council. . .

Comhar*s«, f. 7. + a

neighbour. [âng.

Comhòá1], f. 5. a meet

Comhl4, 7h. 6. a flood

gate. . . [versation.

Comhluad«þ, m. f.. con

Coiñ}*.wc, m. 1. a com

bat. [logue.

•

Cořh]*%ò, m, 1á dia• Cï*áin,

Compán, m. 1. a coin

panion. [pass.

Compás, m. 1. a čom

Coiîwi\ če, f. 6. friend

ship, love.

onaı]*, .f, 4. a way.

CongBá1], f. 5. a house,

holding.

Comgiìøò,

7m. 2. *f . help, .

Comgiìwiñ, aid.

??l.. 2.

Connaò, 772. 1. fire

wood. [pute.

Conspóid, f. 4. a dis

Consul, ?m. 1. a con

sul. -

Condwõwiþt, f. 5. dan

ger, doubt ; gem.

–«*tw,-–«w***te.

Copóg, f. 3. dockleaf.

Co]1n, m, 1. a cup.

Coł1óin, f. 6. a crown;

gem.—me,-neč. •

Co]1p, m. 1. + a body.

Co]**, 77). 1. f a turn,

tW1St.

Cos, f.. 3. the foot.

Cosdøs, 7m. 1. ex

pence, cost,

Cosña ò, m.”

cîin 07], ¡**~»- …

2.

Cþáõwò,0m. l.religion,

piety. -

f, 5. f a sow,

C]*ønn,

188

Cřann, m.” 1. f a tree. Cjºut, f, 2: +~form; .

C¡1«eò, f. 3. a branch, _ shape...

trEE. . - [ny • Cu, .f 7. + a grey

C|*«es, m. 1 :: gluittò - _ hound.. : , **

C¡#é,.f 6. a creéd. Cuøille, m. 6 a staké,

Cr#é, f. 7. + clay. Cua1]1t, f.. 5. a visit.

Cł#éčt, m 2. a wound, Cuøn, m... 1. a harbour;

C]*eideïh. m. 1. belief. pl. cuarita. [form,

C|*eıt, f. 5. + a ridge. Cučd, ?m. 2. a kind, .

Cj*étú}}, m. 2. a créa- Cuid, .f 5. f a party

ture ; gem,—ú}}w. supper. [vince.

Cj*1á ïw |1, m. 1. f a Qúigeê, f m.· 1. a pro

seive.. . . . . . [on: Cuì, f, 5. f a ¡iy ;

Cþíč, f. 3. end, regi- _ gęn.–le,-leč.

C|1ás, ?n. 2. + a girdìe. CuiÈáñ, m. 1• a wfielp.

Cį1ïč. 7n.. 2. ºf tfemb- CuıJenn, m. .1. holly» .

ling. Cuímhñe, f. 6. meımory. .

Cï1ó, m• 7. a hovel. - Cuinneóg, f. 3. a churn. ".

Cj10Ð, m. 1. a pa\v. Cuimgij*, f. 5. ºf a cou

C]1óč, 7m• 1. + saffron. ple, - a , yoke, gem.»

C]*Oč, f. 3. a cross. cuınGI*Eč• .. -

C¡%oò, ?n. 1. portion, Cuıiìíñ, 7n. 1. a rabbit.

dowry. - Cuiı]*m, f. 4. ale, a feast.

Cþoicenn, m. 1. skin, Cúir*d, f:. 4. a court.:

hide. [heart. Cúis, f. 4. a cause, .

Cþoíēe, ?n 6. , f the - matter. ． . . . ~:

Cï1os,.f. 3. a cross. . Cuisle, f. 7. a vein.

Cþu, f. 7.b!ood. [ship. Cúl, m. 1. the back.

C¡*uaòá1], f. 5. hard- Cumuf, m. 1. power. .

Cþuas, m. · 1. . hard- Cúñhaò, m. i. mourn

1q 62SS• . ． - ing• . [maid.

Cr*úb, f. 3. a hoof, Cui¡iál, f. 3. a servant,

Cþuimčej*, 7m• 1. a Cumhdwč, *n. 1. a co

priest of Crom.. wer... " : :

Cþuinne, f. : 6. . the Cur*, : m. .2• .putting»

globe• - sowing, placing•

Crui&nećt,f:2.wheat, Cur*ač, m, 1• a boat• *

• " " - Cuj*øè, .

189

Cuj*«'è, *m• I. aknight, '

hero.

Cú]*am, m• l.. care.:

' Cuj*]*øč, m• 1 • a bog,

marsh.

[) .

Da6wč, f.. 3, a wat ; p7.

dabč« ; g:. s. dàiłšče.

Dwel, m. 1. a chaffer.

Dáil, f¡ 5. a meeting,

CąUSE. È#ì:

Dwingeñ, 7m. 1. a strong

IDaingiìe,f 6. strength.

IDai*, f. 5. + an oak. " "

Dálta, 7m. 6. a foster

child.

ID«iñ, *m. I.. an Ox.

IDáñ, 7m. 2. a p0em,

poetry, verse.

Da£, *m. 2. a colour.

Deðwò, *m. 1. a debate.

Déd, 0m. 2. a jaw, set

of teeth. -

TDeifir, f. 5. + haste.

]DeiÈ, f. 4. a lathe.

Déir°c, f. 4. alms.

Delò, f. 3. figure, form.

Ùelg, 7m. 1. a thorn,

pin.

\Delf1adº, f.. I.

1ìESS.

lDemhon, ?m. 1. a demon,

devił. -

Dé|1, m. 1. + a tear. .

Deþþ, f. 3. a churn.

bright

D\eße, J. 3. an eye.

Deþñ4, f. 7. pålm ofthe hand. -

Deoč, f. 3. + a drink. .

Deoþ«ò, m. 1. an ali

en, stranger.

D1w, m, 7. + God.

D1øBal, m. 1. devil.

D1øs, f: 3. ear of eorn.

D1den, or diòen, m. l.

· protection. [venge.

Digalt«r,- 7m. 1. re

DiÈe, f.. 7. the deluge. "

Dímus, m.. i. pride.

Ding, f¡ 4.• a wedge.

Disle, m. 6. a die.

D1ččell, m. 1. endea

\y@UlYº• -

IDjuc, 7m. 1. a duke•

D'fige, m. 6. + law.

Dobr*óiì, 77. 1. sorrow•

Doč«r*, m. 1. harm.

Doiþe, 7m. 6. a growe• .

Dolás, 7n. 1. grief.

Domblas, 7m. 1. gall,

Boihaii, ?m. 1. the

wdrld. [day.

IDomhñač, 7m. 1. Sun

Donas, m. 1. ill-luçk.

Dor]3, f. 3. a kind of

grasS. [music.

Dõþd, *m, 1. humming,

Dorwn, m. "1. a fist. .

Dorinčuj*, m. 1. a hilt.

Dopus, m. 1. + a door.

D}fáí, m. 7. + a hea

then priest. [figure.

Dþeč, J. 3. a. form,

Dþéčt,

-

190

IDj1éćt, 7m. 1. a poem.

Djłeimijłe, 7m. 6. a lad– man, clothes, appärel. *der.

Dj4em, 7m. 2. a tribe.

D}41#Je, f. 7. a spark.

Dþoiþél, m... 1. difìì

culty.. . ~ [people.

IDj#OñG, J, 3. a tribe,

JDjfúčt, m. 2. dew ;

gem.—t4. * #

ID}}uim, 7m. 5. + a back.

IDj1uin, f. 4. embroi

d€ry.

Dþúif, f. 4. lust.

JDuaif, f. 4. a reward,

Duan, f.. 3• a pOEm•

Dúd, f. 3• the ear.

IDúi], f. 4. f an ele

ment• : * *

IDúıleiñ, 17m. 2. f God.

JDuille, f. 6. a leaf.

IDuuñe, ?m. 6.f a man,

person.. -

Dúii, 7m. 2. a fort.

IDúîiaò, Wı, 2 fa camp,

abode. . . [country.

IDuččas, m. 1. native

e.

Eę, m. 1. + a horse.

'Ecčosc, m. 1. ïikeness,

Ečlasc, f. 3. horsewhip.

Ečtjřa, f. 6• an adyen

turE•

'Ed, m. 2. jealousy.

'Édāč, ?n.. 1.:ajealous

'êdái],f. 5. advāntage.^

'Ed wii, m. 1. the face.

Edj1aò, m. 2. a divisi

Ołł • [gem. eč«w.

Eō, m.f 2. tinye, law ;

'Eg, m. 2. death ; gem•

G4 • -

Egw}1, m• 2• Order.

Eglais, f. 4. a church.

Egi¡a, f. 7. wisdom•

E1öenm, · ?m• 1. ivy.

€igeñ, f, 3. 0r, ?m. 1.

wiolence. [ed mam.

'€iges, *m•_1. f a learr

'Eišefñ, J. 3• a cry,.

′ shoūt. . . ^ , ..… ' *.:

EiÎit, f. 4. a hind.

'Eij1še, f. 6. rising.

'Eiþic, f. 4. a fine.

€îø, f. » 6• à SWàIì•

•

> > - SY know- :

E} 4da, f. 7 f& : *

, Efaēaiñ, . art, •

J. 5. . : science.

Elta» £ 7. a flock, herd.

. 'Eii, ?m. 1. + a *bird.:

Eočwij*, f. .5. f a key.

* Eo]«r, m. 1. know

ledge.

: €oþna, f. 6. barley.•

Ejibwil, *n..． 1. a tail:

Ej*laïñ, 7m. 1. a saint.

€74]1ač, ?ñ• 1. thespring

Es, 7m• 2• a waterfal.

Esôwò, 7m... 1. want•

EsboG, m• 1 • abishop.

-1 g 1

· · · · · F ~ - Fe#}1ánN, 7m. 1."land.

- * - Fe]*T, 7n. 1. virtue.

F«eõaþ, m. 1. edge of FeHęain, f. 5. rain.

a tOo]. . . FéFóg, f.. 3. a beard.

F«esáih, m. 1. power, Fiácä], m. 1. a tooth.

Fáiò, 7m. 5. a prophet, Fiač, m• 1 • a debt.

Fáiì, f, 5.f a ring. · Fiač, m• 1• f a raven.

Fáilte, f. 6. a welčome. Fi«ò, *m• 1. a deer; g.

Fair«e, f. 6• watching. fiaiò. : -

Fai*þge, f. 6. the sêa. - Fiáònais, f. 4. testi

Faísíde, f. 7. N confes- mony, presence

J°aísydin, f. 3:} sion. Fi}e, ?m• 7• a pOet.

Fáifñéis, f. 4. intelli- Fíii, *m• 2. wine.

gence, relation. Fine, f. 6. a tribe.

Fáirtine, f. 6. a pro- Fìnfaò, m-. 1. hair.

phecy. . . Fîs, m.2.f knowledge.

Faìtče, f. 6. a fieldº. Fiččell,.f. 3• chess.

. Faitčer, m. 1. fear. Flaj&, f.. m. 5. a prince,

Faî4, f."7. a grudge. Fleò, J. 3. a feast•

-Falluinn, f.4.ãmantle. Fîescač, m. 1. a clown.

Fás, 7m. i. growth. Focá], m. \ • a word.

. Fáfač, m. î. a desert. Fošai}, f. 5. plunder.

• Fař, f. 2. cause. Fošw]1, m. 1. noise•

Feōas, m. 1. goodness. Fošťáim, f. 5.learning.

Feēt, m• 2. a time. Fošťhaì*, 7m. 1. harvest.

Feičeih, m. . 2. + a Fošñwè, 0m.2.f \ assis

debtor. · Fošiîamh, ?. }} taimCe

Fé1èm, f. 4. f use• Foīšide, f. 7. } pati

Féi], f. 4. a festival. Foišidiñ, f. 4. Í ence.

Féis, f.:4. a feast. Foiþcenn, 7m. 1. end•

Féić, f. 4. a sinew. Foir*m, f, 4• a form.

Fe]], m. 1. or f. 3. trea- Fóipñeþt, ?m• 1. vio

SOn. Merce. ་ [ing.

. Feoi], J. 5• flesh. Fo} ač, 7n.: 1. a COver

Fej*, m. 1. + a man• Folt, 7m. 1•f hair.

Feï*b, f. 2. a cow. Fonn, 7m. 1. f land, a

Fer1G, f. 3. anger. _ tunE• • : " .

- Ferwn, f. 2• the alder 。 -

~ trEE» Fóþ,

11942

Fóř, *m. 1• proteetion.

Fºi::]: 7m• 1• know

ledge•

Fo]*c, m. 1.-f a fork•

Fo]1mad, m• I. envy.

F¡1aeč, m. 1. heath ;

gem. #|14íč• [swer.

F|*eGì*a, m. 6• an an-.

Fuačt, m. 2. cold.

. Fuadač, m. 1. plunder

ing• -

Fuaim, f. 5. sound.

FuaŁ, m, 2• hatred.

Fuíšell, m. 1• a rem

nant.. . *

. Fuiì, f. 5. + blood. .

g,

Gellañaiñ, f. 5. a pro

IM]SE•

Gem, m. 2. a gem.

Gen, m• 1. lowé.

5iall, m. 2. a.hostage.

Gúlla, m. 6. a servañt.

Sıuiñais, f. 4. a firtree.

Blac, f.. 3. paJm of the

hand•

Sîas, m. 1. a lock.

Głenn, m. 2. a valley.

Gleo, m• 7. a&¡

I. fìight• ,

SÈicaf, m. 1. prudence.

GÈımač, m. 1. a lobster.

Głoiñe, f. 6. glass.

Glóij*, f. 4. glory• .

Gió}}, m:.!!.. noise, talk.

Slún, f. 3. a knee.

. Gñ«í, f..6. the cøunte

Sq64, see. goÐ4. -

Gøþáił, f. 5. at#conquest. [fork.

. Sø}Şa],. f. 3• a Prop,

Sad, m. 1. f a withe.

.G•e¢, f. 3. the wind.

Gaınınñ, f. 4• sand.

Gaì«]*, m, 1• a disease.

Ganj*«, 77• 6• a gander.

Gøs, f. 3...a stalk, stem.

Géò, 17m, 1. f a g90se.

.'Seò4]4, 7m. l• Arum,

(a plant.)

Bég,f, 3, a bough, arm.

. Geidhþeò, 7m, l.. winter.

Geiñeiìhaiñ,f.5, abirth.

GeÈač, f, 3. the moon•

IMaD\CE. - -

\5níiñ, m.2. f an action.

Gnúıf, f. 4. the face.

Gob, m. 1. a beak•

Goõw, m. 7. a smitbl•

Goid, f. 4. theft•

Gor*t, m. 1. f a garden.

G*áü, *m• 2. “love.

Grá¡ii, f. . 4. ugliness.

Gþása, f, .3• , grace $

z•ámts simgulár.

Gþéim, m• .5•. f a bit,

piece. ′ •

Grřenn, m. 1. ajoke.

G#iañ, f.. 3. °the ::sun.

Gþuag, f.. 3• the ¡hair

Gþuaš, f. 3. the cheek.

Güøif,`f, 4• dange¥Sua),

\93

&ua], m. l• còal,

*];}:: f, 7• the shouì

e]*• -

Buíòe, f. 6. a prayer.

Su¢, 7m, 2• ł æ veice,

werd,

}.

]øll, f. 3. a thofig ;

gen. éille. -

}•*ïheij1še, f, 6• mãd

night prayer.

}asc, m• ï.. â fish.

Wfr*ïnn, m. 1. hell.

Jim, m• 4. butter.

}mell, m.. l• a burdeº.

}mì#ámh, m. 1• rowing•

1¢, .?m, 2• £Òrnr,

L•

Lá, *m• 7. + á day.

Lab, f. 3• a: lip.

lvāčw, f, 7; + duck.

L«eê, m. 1. a hero.

Laeš, m. 1. a càłf.

lái}, f. 5. atukip.

Láij19.f, 5• f a mharė.

L%ñh, J. 3, a hańê

Lann, f¡ 3. a swofd,

blaòe.

Lá]*» 0m. 1• floor.

Lasa**, f. 5. + a fìdřhe.

leò4]*, 7m. 1 • a book.

Lec, f, 3• a fìag-stohe.

Lecw, f. 7. *f a eheek,

JiìÚer, m. . 1. mouth òf Leòd, m• 2. a gr:\ye.

a river•

Jñèinm, f.. 4, the braih.

Jñšeiì, f, 3. a daugh

t€Yº.

}iîid, f. 4• shrowetìde.

Jñis, f. 4. f an island.

Jnnife, f• 7• ) narra

- tive,

}nnifiñ, f.'; telling.

Jñndinn, f. 4. themin

Jñwd, m. 1. a place.

}ng4, f.. 7• a claw, naìl;

*5l. ingne•

' ]ñgñaò, m. 2. + \ won

}ñgñamh, m. $} der.

}nïhas, m. 2, treasure.

Jčtaj*, m• 1•lowerpart.

• S

*

Léišenn, m• 1• a les

SOL] • ] -

léišes, 7m• 1• a cure.

Léim,f, 4. f a leap•

Léiñe, f. 6. º shìrt.

Leisge, J. 6• slobh•

Lenm,?m• 2• + ale•

ler1, 7m • 1. the sea ;

gem• Ir|%.

. Lejig, J. 3. an emim€IQCE•

Les, m. 2. profit,

Ue#wł*, m. 1. leather.

Ueomhañ, 7m. l• a moth.

Leóñ, *m. 1• a lion.

Ui4G, m. 2• a phisician;

gex• leš0, ~

' f .{ri

194

Líñ, m. 1. flax.

linn, f, 4• f.a pool.

l�¡; *m• 2• f` a fort,

0USE•

Litij4, f. 4. a letter.

loč, *m• 2•. f: a lake.

Lóčï1qn, m• 1• a.tOrch.

Loinges, /. 3• f.a fleet.

Loiñgef, m* I• banish

nient. . . . .

Long, f. 3• a slıip•

\-oj*G, m•. 1• a troop•

Luačair1, f, 5• a bul

.: rush, rusheS•

lúb,f. 3• a loop.

luč, f. 3. a mouse•

lućt, m. I• people• .

Lúšnaf, f.. 2• August3

MImàS• . .

Luub, f. 4• an herb.

Lumain, f. 4. f a veil.

Lur, ** 2• f an herb.

%$4c, *7. l.. f a son.

&8ac«fñ, *m..1. "

%©øcøemñ, m. i.}a youth. . *

%&qčwjþe, m• 6• a field.

%«d4, m. 7. a.dog.

%.wd|*ø, m• 7•.a dog.

%®ael, m• 1• a servant.

%«e]1, m. 1: a steward,

, sexjeant•

%$áš, m• 1. a plain.

?$áG, 7• 2. a trump.

%«gaò, m• 1. mocking.

384ide, *n• 6• a stick. ..

38aipiñ, f. 4. m9rning.

$aiēm,J.4 + â breacñ.

%aišdeii, f• 3. a mai.

62n. ~ . .

&aišeñ, f, 3. a place.

%aišrrtëj1, *7. ^ 1. a

MìæIStEr•

%4íñ, f. 4. goods.

8ainis, f.. .8. a spear.

%ºøi]*G, f. 4. woe.

%$áÎa, *7• 6• a bag• -

38« fa, f• 7• eyebrow,

%áïiqč, m. 1. fa monk.

%ønn, f. 3. a wedge.

&Öaj*bña, f.. 7. an eÍe

gy• -

%>ãï1c, *m• 1• a horse.

%ºajimoj*, m•. 1. mar

7 ble• -

%º«þt, m• -1. beef.

%áþt, m• 2. March.

%átaij*, f. 5. f a mo

• ther.. # ·

38eþail, f.. 5. deceit.

&eBaij*,f 5. memory.

%ecañ,**n.: 1. f-a pař

-snip• * ** * [bulk.

38éd,¡ m. 1. bigness,

%edaj1, f. 3. f a churn.

′ &Çeò, f. 3. a balance,

%8eòair, f. 4• mirth•

%Seòón, / 3. middle•

-%>éòg, m. 1. whey•.

%eijig,J, 4. rust•

%éir*leč. m• 1. arogue.

?Čelł, m. 1. a hill, ball.

?&em, f, 3• a kiss, ,

- %emg,*, . ---.

195

&\Seng•f. 3. deceit. - N..

&>eñma f. 7. courage.. - * * -

%é|1, m. 1. f a finger. Náij*e, f. 6. .shame. *

%e¡iõa], m. i. a ñis- Naña, f. 7. an enemy.

*

take. * Naíòe, . m. 7. a babe,

%í, f. 7. f a month. . infant.

%>jan, f. 3. will. N«eñh,.m. 1. a Saint.

%lár, f. 3. a dish. N«ésGač, f. 3ı a snipe.

%1], f. 3. f honey.. Načwij*, f. 5. a snake.

%$íle, m. 7. a 2ìäier. Ned, f. 3. a nest.

%iñ, f. 4. meal. Nél, m... 1. f a cloud.

%ïnn, m. 1. a crown, Níò, m.. 3. .f a thing.

Oath. • Nimh, f. 4. poison.

3>íï*, f. 3. a part. Nód. *m.. 1.f an abbre

%$1]*e, f. 6. madmess, viation.

′&$isneč, m. 1.courage. Nóiñ, f. 5. f nOOn•

28ısúì*, 7m• 1. measure.

%$õš, m. 2• f a slave.. . - -

&805ál, m. i. a husk. Q..

%$óid, f. 4. a vow., - · \

38óiñ, f. 5. + a bog., Qbaij1, f. 4, + work.

%$oñaõ, m. 1. money. /Oš, f.3. a wirgin.

%$ong, J. 3. mane, "Ogláč, m. 1. a servant.

′ crëst. ^: [ment. Oiše,. m..7. a god-fa

%$ój*òáił, f. 5. parlia- ther, tutQr.

?ęüc, f. 3. a pig-. O1ò1]1, }f. 4. snow.

2quimè, .f. 6. ã nurse. O1ğıj1, Í·/ *** 5°”*

%uiñ, (f, 4, the back. Oiïeiñúiii,f. 5. nurture;

%uiñéł, m... 1. neck. education. .

&quinte]1, f. 3. people, Oiiieč, m. 1. liberality,

tribe. • - dignity• [Sury.

&$ui¡1, f, m. 5. f the 'Or]1čiste, m• 6. a trea

Sèą., 'OÈ, **1. 2. . drinking,

%ui]*išeii, f. 3. a bur- drink. . . -

dea, chaige, family. 0′a, f. 6. oil, olive,.

2$ú¡1, m. 1. ºf a wall. O] «nn, f. 2. f.woo!• -

`: - - s 2 Olc,-

~ 196

9łº» *. 1. + harm. Poll, m. 1. + a hole 6

Ollaih, *• 2• f a doctor, pit. - -"f#ghief bard. Połt, *n. 1. + a tüńê,

Oñóijł, f.. 5. honour, P#ás, m, 1. brass, ^

,ğººe¢t. , [bounce.

91% * !, gold. PI*eb, f. 3. Ta kick,

9#áid, f. & an oration. P¡*óián, pï*4ınn, f. 4.

ºffna, ż. 7. barley, g. _′a diníıër, á méaí.. oj#m«ìi• Punc, m. 1. a point,

- article. ·

Pur, m. 1. a lip.

P -

* - R.

Páiłm, f. 4. the palm - -

tree. - [fering. Ráē, *n. 1, * a say-.

\#if• f· 4, passiön, suiř- _ ing. - -

3áirde. m.． 6. a child. R«òã¡*c, m. i. sight.

P4]*táñ, m• 1. a crab- Rann, m. 1. 'a werse,fish a part• .

Péþla, m. 6. a pearl. Ré, f. 6. the moon.

Pe}*fa» f. 7. a person. Reēt, m. 2. power, au

Pian, f, 3. + g, péine, _ thority. '

. pain. . . Résún, m. H. reason.

3Pi«ft, f. 3. a worm. Reiče, m. 6. a ram. ,

Píb, f. 3.a pipe, fiute, Reoš, m. 1. f frost, .

Pibqj4, /7. 1• pepper. ' Rí, m• 7• a king• . .

Pláš, f. 3. a plague. Ri«guık, f.. 5• a rute,

Pl«esg. m. 1. a hüsk or _ gövernment.:

shell. · Riã¡*, f, 3. distribution,

, Plésg, f, 3• a noise, a _ obedience.

: slap. - R1«sc, m. 1• a mo9r,

Plue, f. 3. the cheek. fén ; g• I*1øisc• -

Plúr*, m. 1. fìour, meal. Rinn, f. 4. the point of

Jºobu], m, 1.fa people, a weapon•

congregation. Rîčt, m. 2. the shape,

Póg, f. 3. a kiss- likeness,

- Rišañ,

197

# ° : __*

· Rjšañ, f. 2. + a queen. sceę, f: 3• a bush, *.

Rïč, *m. 2.. + a čouise, briar.

. flight. _Scél, m. 1. + a story.

Ród, m. 2. a way, road. Sci aì, f· 3• g• sciñe, ..

Roš4, J. 7. chòice.. a knife• [shield. -

TRós, 7. 2. a rose.. Sc1āč, f. 3. a wing, a.

Rosg, m. 1. f an eye. Scoi}, J. 4. a schoo!.

Roč, m. 2. à wheël. ScOib, f. 3. f a pricle.

Rúñ, m. 3. f a secret. Sc]1ín, f. 3. a shrine.

Ru41G, f, 4. . fiight, Sc]ýs, *n. . 1. . f ruin,chace. destruction. . -

- Scuab, f. 3. a broom. .

SeÐac, m. .1. a hawk. .

S» - Séd, m. 2. + a jewel.

- Se}}}, f. 3. a herd, pos

S«e, m. 1. a sack... . ~ session... . [chasê•,.

Søešwl, m. 1. the world; SeÈg, f. 3. hunting, a

* * life. .. Semwj1, f. 3. trefoil.

S4Ga]*t, *, J. a prièst. Séii, m. I. prosperity..).

Saišed, f. .3. Or m. 1. Seiāčøs, m.2. antiquity.. .

an arrow, dart. - Se|*c, m• 1.2md f. .3•.

Sái], f, ..4. a beam. . love, affection.

SwiÈ, f.5. a willow-tree• Seisg, f. 4. sedge• 2 »

Saill, f.. 4. fat. - [ness• Seol, m. 1. f a sáil.. *

Saint, f. 4. .covetous- Scač, m. 2. a shadow• .

Sáł, f. 3. à heel. . . Sîc, m. 1. f frost. . . . ． .

Swìønm. m. 1. salt. . . . SíÈ, m. 1. seed, issue.. .

Sø]&«j%, m. 1. filth. Sinmač, m. 1. a fox. ;

- SałtaiÍł, f, 5. f a Psal-- Sïsa, m..6. acourt, par-.

ter, chronicle. . . . iament.»

Sañwiñ, f. .5. all-hal-: Síč, f. 4. peace. .

lóws; $. sañna. . . Slad, m., `1. theft, ra• .

Sañj!« è, m. 1. Summer· pine.., - - -

Sáí, m. 7- f a leārned Sláinte, f: 6. health..• man. .. . . ~ Slám, m. 2. a lock qf»

S«eēáp, m. 1.labòùr.. hair or wool. , -

Søe}« m• 1• a carpenter. Slat, f. 3. a rod, a yard,

* … * &25»..

198 - *

Słeš, f. 3. a spear. " t.

Sl»ù, m. 3. ºf a moun- - -

tain. TweÑ, ***. 1. a side.

Slíše, f. 6. + a way, Táiñ. f. 5. f a lavid,

road. -_ cóùutry.

Slïčt, 7. 2. + seed, off.. Dwiseł, 7ñ. 1: a jour

spring, ney. - -

Slîs, m. 2. + a side, side Tá}, m. 1. an adze.

of a country. : Táł, f. 2. dropping.

Sluaš, *n. 1. Fan army, Cø}añ, f. 2. õr 7í, 1.

multitude. the earth.

Shu«said, f. 4. a shovel. Tariñ, m. 1. a bu]].

Smé#, f. 3. grease. Teč, m. 3. a house.

Smeig, f. 45the chin. Téd, f. 2. a rope.

Smó}', m. 1. snuff of a Tegasc, m. 1. teaching,

candle. \ · - doctrine.

Snaęad, f. 3. a needle, Tešiač, m... 1. a family.

Soisgé}, *. 1. the gos- Dempull, m• I. f a

pe!. church or temple.

Soìár, *. 1. comfort. Tenga, f. 7. a tongue.

Soťus, 7n. 1. + light. Tes, m. 2. heat. . .

Spéif, f. 4. a liking, Téiòm, f. 4. f death.fondñess, Teiñe, f. 6. fire,

Speł, f. 9. a 89ythe, Tišei*na, m. 6. a lord.

Spé**, ` f. 3. the sky, Timña, m. 6. a will,

- firmament, testament• ',

Sþian, *m. 1. a bridle. Tìiiscñaõ, m. 2. *} &

$*ól, m. 1. sattin, silk, Tìiiscñañ, m• 2.

S#u#, m. 2. + a Stream. _ beginning. -

Sęar, f. 8. a stallion. T¡ñóî, m. 1. a congre

Stoc, 7m. 1. + a sound- _ gation. . .

ing-horn. [joy, dí#, f, 3. aland, coun

SuÑá¡Fee, f. 6, virtue. #. - - *.

Sug,′ m. 2. juice, li- d'núŁ, f. 2, g.. tnúč4».. ,

&uor. • nvy. - - - - -

Suíòe, f. 6.& seał. to:-aij, m• l• f a welle

Súı}, f. 5• the £y€•- - -

• f *. the ºyº- -,

199

Toif, f. 4. the will. Tu#us, m.2. ajourney.

Donn, f. 3. a wave•

Do]1 a'è, m.. 1. ºf regard,

fruit, profit. l].

T]1áIš, f. 5. the Sea- -

shore. - - l]4, m. 6. + a descen

Tì* a *, f. 2. time, sea- dant, grandson.

SOL], l]«þwj4, m. l• pride,

Tjfeò, f. 3. a tribe. lJačTaj*, m. 1. the top;

T]4éd, m. 2. a herd or cream -

flock. l]aiš, f. 5.a den, grave.

Tj*iiîóid, f. 4. the Tri- lìaigïier, m. 1. secrecy,

nity. - solitude.

T}}ócai#e, f. 6. mercy, lìøirñ, f š. a den or

Tr*Ojš, f. 4. a foot. cave.

Du«ò, f. 2. a hatchet. lJajñ, f. 4. time..

Tua č, f. 3. the country. \Jaij*, f, 4• an hour.

Tuiše, f. 6. straw, lJañ, m. 1. a lamb

thatch. l]õøl, m. 1. f an apple•

Tuife, f. 6. a fìood, lìčt, m 1. f the breast• ,

TuÈač, f, 2• a hill. lJille, f. 7. an elbow•

Tú]*, m. 1• a tOwer..

IN. B.–1. Derivatives in »ire, aıòe,.. uiòe,

are of the siartñ{Declension. · f# ,

- 2. Derivatives in" aê, eē, as, er, are of the

j#rst Declension; but some in «s and'es are of

the seoomd. * . ． . . . -

3. Derivatives in aćt, are of the secomd

Declension. . á

" 4. Derivatives in óijł,. eoij*, uič, are of the

#ftñ Declension. · · · |

5, Diminutiwes

209 •

5. Diminutives in áñ, are of the first. De

“clension. : - -

6. Diminutives in ím and og, are of the

thàrd Dechension. - -

7. VerbalNouns, whose characteristic Wowel

ìš broad, are of the secomd Declensiom.

8. Abstract Nouns, formed from the Gene

tives of Adjectives, are of the sixth Declen

SlO1].

The above Rules being pretty general, it

was not. thought necessary to eiicrease the

Vocabulary by inserting Nouns reducible to.

them.–-See pages 20 and 181. -

- ， -->o¢QQ¢$::@0qq=----

We shall conclude with a little verse, in

Qglá&as, often subjoined to Gaelic MSS : .

*» > 1.: *• : : : : . * * t** *: * - . -

Tþuaš siñ, a łeõj*áiñ ùig:Ðáiñ ;

... . Tìcfaò añlá is bu fíř,.

Déj*faō neē os cînn do čláip,. • **

· Níºmhajjłenn añ lářh do scríb !

%

Hoto sad it is, fair little book ; " r

The day shall sure arrėoe, - -

When 0°er tky page it shall be said,

Thy 4w#h07”s mot aliye !”

* . . . # . ． . -• • •

This

*201

~

This appears to possess so much of the spirit

of the following lines of the Persian poet,

Hirbed Hormuzyar, that we cannot forbeqx

quoting them here :

*« This which I have written, I know not who

** shall read.

** Though I should die, without doubt this

** will remain. '

** The black characters of the writing will

** endure, -

* When he thatwrQte them shall bayę qqquì

** der'd into clay.

FïN Iš, - **

£ R R A T A.

- introduction.

Pag• 14, line 3, fortypical read typºgraphical.

GRAMMAR.

Page 27, line 2, for ceþt read ceij*t.

48, 15, for gabþrat read gaōs«t.

65,~— 12, for off me read of or ºff ?mc.

102, -— 36, for d]*uim read ò]#uim.

108, —~~~ 2, far as4ñ read as, ań.

ý3

#′7

Y

||1

-

-

-

*.

-]:

-

|-

|

|--

¿

-...

-*.||

-|-

----- -

¿ -

--¿

- - -

…-

， ¿- -

-

- ¿. - -¿**- -．- '，… 1，-

-¿

*.-

:: *¿. ¿¿.

- ． - - - -

- -- -

-

- --

，&^ğ.-

- -

-

-

… 1，. - - ¿- - -

-

¿- --

· -

3.:，»¿ - ¿.ý. - ·*

|--

|--

|×

（）

|-|-|-

）|

（~~~~

|

|（）

（）

|-）!\,|×

|（）

.-

-|-

.